HomeMy WebLinkAboutENG Const Stds Part 1 Jan 2022Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Intro, Page 1
ENGINEERING
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
COMPRISED OF
PART 1: SPECIAL PROVISIONS
&
PART 2: STANDARD DETAILS
January 18, 2022
City of Auburn
Engineering Services
Community Development & Public Works Departments
25 West Main Street
Auburn, WA 98001-4998
Approved By:
Jacob Sweeting, P.E. Date
Assistant Director of Engineering Services/City Engineer
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2
PREFACE FOR THE
CITY OF AUBURN
ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
STANDARDS
Grading, Utility, Street and other civil construction work within the City of Auburn
shall utilize the 2022 WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and
Municipal Construction (English Version) as supplemented and amended by the
City of Auburn Special Provisions contained within Part 1 of this document and the
applicable and most current published version of City of Auburn Standard Details
and Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Plans for
Road and Bridge Construction as included or referenced in Part 2 of this document.
Contractors are required to have the City of Auburn Engineering Construction
Standards (Parts 1 and 2) and the WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road,
Bridge, and Municipal Construction available at the job site during construction.
Contractors must also have a copy of all City of Auburn Standard Details and
WSDOT Standard Plans that are referenced in the Plans available at the job site
during construction.
WSDOT Standard Plans and Specifications are available at a nominal charge from
the Washington State Department of Transportation at Engineering Publications:
Washington State Department of Transportation, Engineering Publications, PO Box
47304, Olympia, WA 98504, or at (360)705-7431, or at
http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Publications/Manuals/PriceList.htm.
The City of Auburn Engineering Construction Standards are available online at:
http://www.auburnwa.gov/doing_business/public_works/publications_forms.htm
It is the responsibility of the user to obtain the most current version and any
associated revisions from the City of Auburn.
All references within the Engineering Construction Standards to
measurement, payment or contractual obligations between the city
and the contractor are in reference to a public contract and are not
applicable to development projects
In case of conflict between the various elements of the Engineering
Construction Standards, refer to Section 1-04.2 (Coordination of Contract
Documents, Plans, Special Provisions Specifications, and Addenda) of this
document for order of precedence.
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 General Requirements....................................................................................1-1
1-01 Definitions and Terms ...............................................................................................1-1
1-05 Control of Work.............................................................................................................1-4
1-06 Control of Material.......................................................................................................1-11
1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public .....................................................1-12
1-08 Prosecution and Progress...........................................................................................1-25
1-10 Temporary Traffic Control...........................................................................................1-26
DIVISION 2 Earthwork.......................................................................................................2-1
2-01 Clearing, Grubbing and Roadside Cleanup ..................................................................2-1
2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions ......................................................................2-2
2-03 Roadway Excavation And Embankment.......................................................................2-3
2-04 Haul 2-4
2-06 Subgrade Preparation...................................................................................................2-4
2-07 Watering 2-5
DIVISION 3 Aggregate Production and Acceptance..........................................................3-1
DIVISION 4 Bases .............................................................................................................4-1
DIVISION 5 Surface Treatments and Pavements Bases................................................5-1
5-03 Non-Woven Fabric for Pavement Overlays...................................................................5-1
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt.............................................................................................................5-3
5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement.......................................................................................5-34
5-06 Pervious Concrete Pavement .....................................................................................5-37
5-07 Textured Asphalt..........................................................................................................5-47
5-08 Stamped Colored Cement Concrete...........................................................................5-51
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 4
5-09 Slurry Seal Surface Treatment....................................................................................5-53
DIVISION 6 Structures ....................................................................................................6-1
6-02 Concrete Structures......................................................................................................6-1
6-07 PAINTING.....................................................................................................................6-1
DIVISION 7 Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary Sewers,
Water Mains and Conduits ..........................................................................7-1
7-01 Drains 7-1
7-04 Storm Sewers................................................................................................................7-1
7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells..............................................................7-2
7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements .......................................................................7-4
7-09 Water Mains..................................................................................................................7-8
7-12 Valves for Water Mains...............................................................................................7-11
7-14 Hydrants 7-12
7-15 Service Connections...................................................................................................7-13
7-17 Sanitary Sewers..........................................................................................................7-14
7-18 Side Sewers................................................................................................................7-16
7-19 Sewer Cleanouts.........................................................................................................7-17
Division 8 Miscellaneous Construction................................................................................8-1
8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control ................................................................8-1
8-02 Roadside Restoration....................................................................................................8-5
8-03 Irrigation Systems.......................................................................................8-10
8-04 Curbs, Gutters and Spillways......................................................................................8-13
8-05 Dewatering System.....................................................................................................8-14
8-06 Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances.......................................................................8-19
8-07 Precast Traffic Curb....................................................................................................8-20
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5
8-09 Raised Pavement Markers..........................................................................................8-20
8-13 Monument Cases........................................................................................................8-21
8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks.......................................................................................8-22
8-18 Mailbox Supports ........................................................................................................8-24
8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and Electrical8-24
8-21 Permanent Signing......................................................................................................8-35
8-22 Pavement Marking......................................................................................................8-35
8-23 Temporary Pavement Markings..................................................................................8-36
8-24 Rock and Gravity Block Wall and Gabion Cribbing.....................................................8-36
8-30 Wood Fence and Gates..............................................................................................8-37
8-31 Fiber Optic Communications.......................................................................................8-37
8-32 Bollards 8-44
Division 9 Materials............................................................................................................9-1
9-05 Drainage Structures and Culverts.................................................................................9-1
9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting........................................................................9-1
9-15 Irrigation System...........................................................................................................9-3
9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical .......................................................................................9-5
9-30 Water Distribution Materials........................................................................................9-26
9-37 Filter Fabric.................................................................................................................9-29
9-38 Submittal Approval......................................................................................................9-29
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-1
DIVISION 1 General Requirements
1-01 Definitions and Terms
(April 2006 City of Auburn GSP)
Whenever the words “as directed”, “as required”, “as permitted”, or words of the like effect
are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement or permission of the City of
Auburn is intended. The words “sufficient”, “necessary”, “proper”, and the like shall mean
sufficient, necessary or proper in the judgment of the City of Auburn. The words
“approved”, “acceptable”, “satisfactory”, or other words of the like shall mean approved by,
or acceptable to, the City of Auburn.
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Supplement this Section with the following:
All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special
Provisions, to the terms “State”, “Department of Transportation”, “Washington State
Transportation Commission”, “Commission”, “Secretary of Transportation”, “Secretary”,
“Headquarters”, and “State Treasurer” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”.
All references to the terms “State” or “state” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”
unless the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State
statute or regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise.
All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency
designated location”.
(November 2019D, City of Auburn GSP)
Applicant
The term Applicant shall be used to mean the Owner and any agent of the Owner
authorized to represent the Owner. For Facility Extension Work, the term Applicant also
refers to the Developer.
Applicant’s Engineer
The term Applicant’s Engineer shall be used to mean the individual, partnership, firm,
corporation, or joint venture, contracting with the Applicant to complete the engineering
design of the prescribed work.
City
The term City shall be used to mean the City Engineer or any designee thereof.
Contract
Where the term Contract is used within this document it shall mean the work necessary to
complete the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Contract Documents
The term Contract Documents shall be used to mean the combination of requirements as
follows:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-2
1. WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction
2022(English) edition, except as modified or superseded herein,
2. WSDOT Standard Plans (M21-01) for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction,
Current Version unless otherwise referenced in the Plans.
3. City of Auburn Standard Details, Current Version unless otherwise referenced in the
Plans.
4. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, current
edition,
5. American Water Works Association Standards, current edition,
6. The City approved plans, and
7.Any other documents reviewed and approved by the City and required as part of the
development, including Facility Extension Agreements, Development Agreements,
SEPA Conditions, and other documents.
Contracting Agency
The term Contracting Agency shall mean the City of Auburn.
Contractor:
The term Contractor shall be used to mean the individual, partnership, firm, corporation, or
joint venture, contracting with the Applicant to do the prescribed work.
Current Edition
The latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing agencies
which have been published as of the date that the project is approved, shall apply; except
to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in conflict with applicable laws,
ordinances, or governing codes.
Dates
Completion Date
The day all the work specified for the project is completed and all the obligations of
the Contractor are fulfilled. All required documentation must be furnished by the
Contractor before establishment of this date. The Completion Date is the date on
which the guarantee/warranty period begins.
Final Acceptance Date
Final Acceptance Date is the same as Completion Date.
Engineer
The term Engineer shall be used to mean the City Engineer or any designee thereof.
Equal Products
The terms “or equal”, “approved equivalent”, etc., as used in the Contract Documents, shall
mean equal as determined by the City Engineer.
Measurement
The term Measurement, when used in reference to measuring material for payment, is
used in reference to public contract bid items and is not applicable to development projects.
Notice to Proceed
The written notice from the City to the Contractor authorizing the Contractor to begin
working.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-3
Payment
The term Payment is used in reference to public contract bid items and is not applicable to
development projects.
Plans
The City approved plans and the Standard Details and/or Standard Plans referenced by
them, which show location, character, and dimensions of the prescribed work including
layouts, profiles, cross-sections, and other details.
Project
The term Project shall mean the development project being governed by the Contract
Documents under an approved permit with the City.
Project Specifications
The term Project Specifications shall refer to the Standard Specifications as amended,
revised, and supplemented by the Special Provisions.
Special Provisions
The term Special Provisions shall be used to mean the supplemental specifications to the
WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction developed,
prepared, and approved by the City of Auburn and contained in Part I of the manual titled
“City of Auburn Engineering Construction Standards”.
Standard Details
Same as “Standard Plans” as defined in the Standard Specifications.
Standard Plans
The manual of standard plans adopted by the City of Auburn is the City of Auburn
Construction Standards – Part 2 Standard Details, which includes City of Auburn Standard
Details and certain WSDOT Standard Plans by reference.
Standard Specifications
The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2022 (English)
edition as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation, hereinafter
referred to as the “Standard Specifications”.
Traffic
Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and
equestrian traffic.
Shop Drawings
Same as “Working Drawings” as defined in the Standard Specifications.
Working Days and Business Days
Working Days and Business Days shall refer to days that are not considered holidays or
nonworking days as defined in Section 1-08.5 of the Standard Specifications.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-4
1-04.11 Final Cleanup
(February 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
The third sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The City Right-of-Way, material sites, and all ground the Contractor occupied to do the
Work shall be left neat and presentable.
Supplement the section with the following:
Final cleanup shall also include cleaning out all newly installed storm drain pipe and
structures and any ditches that may have been filled during the work, replacing damaged
surfacing, and putting the site in a neat, orderly condition and, in respect to structures,
cleaning all windows and leaving buildings broom clean.
1-05 Control of Work
1-05.1(1) Oral Orders
(August 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, either
before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or
obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral
agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way
binding upon the City, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the City.
1-05.4 Conformity with and Deviations from Plans and Stakes
(September 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the second sentence of the second paragraph to read:
The allowable tolerance for the Contractor’s work shall not exceed 0.02 feet from lines,
grades, depths and cross-sections shown on the Plans unless otherwise specified in these
contract documents.
(April 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall establish all survey controls, both horizontal and vertical, as necessary
to assure proper placement of all project elements based on the primary control points
provided by the Engineer. Survey work shall be within the following tolerances:
Stationing ±0.01 foot
Alignment ±0.01 foot (between successive points)
Superstructure Elevations ±0.01 foot (from plan elevations)
Substructure Elevations ±0.05 foot (from plan elevations)
During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall make available to the Engineer all
field books including survey information, footing elevations, cross sections and quantities.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the close coordination of field locations and
measurements with appropriate dimensions of structural members being fabricated.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-5
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work
(April 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in
a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the
Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified
in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the
Contracting Agency may deem necessary.
If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer
determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and
unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced,
or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or
other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer,
a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or
damage to the public.
Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and
remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to
perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Such direct costs shall include in particular, but
without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for
repair and replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized work.
The rights exercised under the provisions of this Section shall not diminish the Contracting
Agency’s right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect
to the Contractor’s failure to perform the work as required.
1-05.10 Guarantees
(June 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All work shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of one year beyond the “Completion
Date” thereof against defective materials, equipment, and workmanship and shall also
include the landscape establishment required in the Contract per Section 8-02.3(13) (Plant
Establishment). At its sole discretion, the City may require a longer warranty period for
some, or all, work, and will indicate this requirement in the applicable agreement and/or
permit documents.
Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the material, equipment or
workmanship during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced with
new materials or equipment by, and at the expense of, the Contractor. This guarantee
shall be bonded in compliance with Section 1-03.4 (Contract Bond). The Contractor shall
be available approximately 60 calendar days prior to the expiration of the one-year
guarantee period to tour the project, with the Engineer, in support of the Engineer’s effort to
establish a list of corrective work required under the one-year guarantee. Upon the receipt
of written notice of such required corrective work, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously,
diligently, and without unauthorized interruption of the City Facilities, the work necessary to
correct the items listed.
1-05.11 Final Inspection
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Delete the entire Section and replace with the following, including subsections:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-6
1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing
1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection,
the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection.
The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then
make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all
particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The
Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy
the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without
interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue
until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected.
If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the
written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the
Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to
Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because
of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right
hereunder.
Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the
Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically
complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall
not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the
contract have been fulfilled.
1-05.11(3) Operational Testing
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have, at the Physical Completion Date, a
complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of
machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal
systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work, it may be desirable for the
Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final
inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in
the Contract Provisions for operational testing, they shall be fully tested under operating
conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical
Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any
items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first
class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and
equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the
Engineer, so the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they
were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and
corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to
successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices
related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal.
Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a
manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-7
1-05.12 Final Acceptance
(June 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
The Contractor must perform all physical Work under the Contract before a Completion
Date and final acceptance can occur.
(August 2020D City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-05.17 Construction Record Drawings
The following requirements are intended to provide the project Contractor with the
information necessary to furnish the City with satisfactory Construction Record drawings:
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for tracking all relevant field changes to
the approved Construction Record Drawings on a daily basis. These
changes shall be clearly identified in red ink in a comprehensive manner on
one set of full size Plans to be known as the “Construction Record
Drawings”. The Construction Record Drawings may be in electronic (PDF)
format, however all requirements of this section shall be met.
2. The Construction Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone,
shall be kept separate from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked
as Construction Record Drawings. The Construction Record Drawings,
either hard copy version or electronic format, shall be accessible on site, and
shall be available for review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The
Contractor shall bring the hard copy Construction Record Drawings to each
progress meeting or bring an accessible electronic version for review when
such meetings are included in the Contract.
3. The quality of the Construction Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy,
clarity, and completeness, shall be adequate to allow the Contracting
Agency to modify the computer-aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings and
electronic PDF drawings to produce a complete set of Construction Record
Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further investigative effort by
the Contracting Agency.
4. The Construction Record Drawings shall identify all existing or abandoned
utilities that were encountered during construction that were not shown on
the approved construction drawings.
5. The Construction Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in
the Work, both concealed and visible. Items that must be shown on the
markups include but are not limited to:
Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different
than shown in the Plans.
Changes made by Change Order or Field Directive.
Changes made by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-8
Accurate locations of storm drainage, sanitary sewer, water mains
and other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards,
vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping areas, building
footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe
invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.).
The Construction Record Drawings shall identify all deviations from the approved
construction drawings as follows:
Sanitary Sewer
Manholes:
Type/size of structure
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Rim elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
Invert elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Pipes:
Type of pipe
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Length between structures to the nearest 1 foot
Slopes based on invert elevations
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Side Sewers:
Type of pipe
Location from reference manhole to the nearest 1 foot horizontal and
consistent with the TV report
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Length between structures to the nearest 1 foot
Slopes based on the constructed invert elevations
Invert elevations at right-of-way lines to the nearest 0.5-feet vertical
Storm Drainage
Manholes/Catch Basins:
Type/size of structure
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Rim elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
Invert elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-9
Pipes:
Type of pipe
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Length between structures to the nearest 1-foot
Slopes based on the constructed invert elevations
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Ditches:
Location to the nearest 1 foot horizontal
Invert elevations to nearest 0.1 vertical
Identify side slopes (2:1, 3:1, etc.)
Describe ditch protection such as quarry spalls
Retention/Detention Systems:
Control structure and orifice sizing
Volume of storage provided
Storage and ponding limits
Overflow elevation and location
Roof drain connections
Bypass area
Permanent stabilization and erosion control
Water Quality and Low Impact Development Systems:
Bio-swale design width top and bottom, side slopes, and length to
nearest 0.1 foot vertical and 0.5 foot horizontal
Overflow elevation and location
Final planting information
Oil/water separator size, model and location
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1 inch inside diameter
Water
Pipes:
Type of pipe and joints
Deflection of bends to the nearest 1 degree
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Location to the nearest 0.5-foot vertical between valves at 50-foot
stations and intersection with other utilities
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-10
Length between valves to the nearest 1 foot
Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Valves, Hydrants, Blowoffs, Air Vacs, and PRV’s:
Type of facility
Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Water Meters and Services:
Type of service material
Location of service line to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Meter location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Meter sizes to the nearest ¼-inch in diameter
Streets
Public Streets:
Centerline elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical at 100-foot
stations
Centerline slopes and vertical curve data based on the constructed
centerline elevations
Gutterline elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical (if not a standard
crown section)
Gutterline slopes and vertical curve data based on the constructed
gutterline elevations (if not a standard crown section)
Driveway and Sidewalk:
Type of driveway (commercial or residential section)
Centerline driveway location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Driveway width to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Sidewalk width to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Curb ramp (steepest grade to the nearest .1% of the ramp, wings,
and landing), (indication if curb ramp has associated Maximum
Extents Feasible (MEF) documentation with date of MEF approval)
Channelization:
Type of buttons, reflectors, and curbs
General layout location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Signing:
Type of signs
Location of signs to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Illumination:
Location of luminaries, junction boxes and service cabinets to the
nearest 1-foot horizontal
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-11
Power meter number and address
Fixture information (wattage, model number, AMI radio number)
Davit arm length
Signalization:
Location of signal poles, junction boxes, service cabinets, and
controllers to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Power meter number and address
6. At the time the Contractor transmits the comprehensive redline Construction
Record Construction Drawings to the City, they shall certify that said
drawings are in conformance to the above-referenced requirements and are
an accurate depiction of built conditions;
7. The City shall receive and approve the Contractor’s certified “Construction
Record Drawings” as specified herein prior to achieving physical completion.
These Construction Record Drawings shall be kept current during the course of
construction by the Contractor and be available for review upon request by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall certify on the Construction Record Drawings that said drawings are an
accurate depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed
above.
The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy (PDF) of the final Construction Record
Drawings to the Contracting Agency. Contracting Agency acceptance of the Construction
Record Drawings is one of the requirements for achieving Physical Completion.
1-06 Control of Material
1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use
(October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Section 1-06.1 is supplemented with the following:
For each proposed material that is required to be submitted for approval using either the
QPL or RAM process identified in Section 9-38.1(2) (Request for Submittal Approval (RSA)
Form Instructions) the Contractor will be allowed to submit for approval two materials per
material type at no cost. Additional materials may be submitted for approval and will be
processed at a cost of $150.00 per material submitted by QPL submittal and $500.00 per
material submitted by RAM. All costs for the processing additional materials will be
deducted from monies due or that may come due to the Contractor. Subject to a request
by the Contractor and a determination by the Engineer the costs for processing may be
waived.
1-06.1(2) Request for Approval of Material (RAM)
(February 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The RAM shall be prepared by the Contractor in accordance with the instructions identified
in Section 9-38.1(2) (Request for Submittal Approval (RSA) Form Instructions) and be
submitted to the Engineer for approval before the material is incorporated into the Work.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-12
1-06.6 Recycled Materials
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Delete this section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the
construction of the project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed
elsewhere in the Standard Specifications.
Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled
materials that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed
in Section 9-03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete
aggregate, recycled glass, steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g.
utilization of on-site material and aggregates from concrete returned to the supplier).
The Contractor’s report shall be provided on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials
Reporting.
1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public
1-07.1 Laws to be Observed
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall
apply.
The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount
administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the
Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA).
The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well-known place at the
project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall
establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate
removal to a hospital, or doctor’s care, for persons, including employees, who may have
been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project
site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of
injured persons to a hospital or a doctor’s care.
The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the
Contractor’s plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from
their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely
and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all
persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply
continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of
the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor’s performance does not, and
shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor’s safety measures
in, on, or near the project site.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-13
1-07.2 State Taxes
(June 27, 2011 APWA GSP)
Delete this Section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the
following.
(October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.5(7) City of Auburn Requirements
The following list represents a portion of City of Auburn Code requirements dealing with the
preservation of public natural resources that affect or are affected by the proposed work.
Copies of applicable code are available in the City Clerk’s office at City Hall, 25 West Main
Street, Auburn, Washington 98001. The City recommends that bidders review such
materials before submitting sealed proposals.
City of Auburn Code – Chapter 8.28: Defines general noise nuisances prohibited in the
City of Auburn.
City of Auburn Code – Titles 14, 16, 17, 18: Reviews types of permits required for grading,
landfills, mining, excavation, utility extension, building and all associated permits.
Requirements of City Code and the most current edition of the Uniform Building Code
adopted by the City apply in all cases. Permit applications are reviewed by the Planning
Department, Building Division and/or Engineering Division.
City of Auburn Code – Chapter 18.62: Permitting required for all mine-related activities
(including asphalt or concrete batching, rock crushing, and transportation to and from a
mine). Permit applications are reviewed by the Planning Department.
1-07.6 Permits and Licenses
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The Contractor shall become familiar with all permits and licenses to be obtained and shall
ensure that all their requirements are met.
1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
The City will not knowingly do business with any bidder, contractor, subcontractor, or
vendor whose employment practices are discriminatory and not in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations. The City reserves the right to determine the Contractor’s,
Subcontractor’s, or Vendor’s normal employment practices, and will take whatever action it
considers appropriate should discriminatory employment practices be discovered.
1-07.13(2) Relief of Responsibility for Completed Work
(March 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
This Section is deleted and replaced with the following:
Unless stated otherwise in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear the risk of loss or
damage for all finished or partially finished work until completion of the work. This includes
all vandalism, theft, and acts of God or nature.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-14
1-07.13(3) Relief of Responsibility for Damage by Public Traffic
(April 2006 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the first sentence to read:
When it is necessary for public traffic to utilize a roadway facility during construction, the
Contractor may, upon approval of a written request for each completed section, be relieved
of responsibility for damages to permanent work by public traffic under the following
circumstances:
1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention
(October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this Section with the following:
The Contractor shall implement erosion and sediment control (ESC) measures as
necessary to prevent erosion and to stop sediment-laden water from leaving the site and
entering the storm drain system. Measures shall be in accordance with, and conform to,
the City of Auburn Surface Water Management Manual and Section 8-01 (Erosion Control
and Water Pollution Control) of the Contract Specifications.
1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall not trespass upon private property and shall be responsible for all
injury or damage to persons or property, directly or indirectly, resulting from the
Contractor’s operations in completing this work. The Contractor shall comply with the laws
and regulations of the City of Auburn, County, State, and Federal governments relating to
the safety of persons and property and will be held responsible for, and required to make
good, all injury and damage to persons or property caused by the Contractor’s operations.
Sprinkler irrigation systems that encroach within the limits of improvements shall be
modified as necessary to ensure operation “equal or better than” the original condition upon
completion of the improvements. This work will include, but not be limited to, cutting and
capping existing pipe, relocating existing risers and sprinkler heads, new pipe heads and
connections, and testing of the system.
The Contractor shall give a minimum of 7 working days prior written notification to the
owners of any ditches, landscaping, irrigation lines and appurtenances that interfere with
the work. The Contractor shall be liable for any damage to irrigation facilities by the
Contractor’s operations and shall restore such damaged facilities to “equal or better than”
original condition.
Asphalt concrete pavement or bituminous surfacing outside the project area that is
disturbed by the work shall be restored to its original condition. Asphalt pavement
restoration shall comply with the provisions of Section 5-02 (Bituminous Surface Treatment)
and 5-04 (Hot Mix Asphalt) of the Contract Specifications.
Existing cement concrete curb, gutter and sidewalk structures disturbed by the Contractor’s
operations shall be replaced to match existing. Cement concrete shall be Class 3000 with
entrained air in conformance with Section 6-02 (Concrete Structure) of the Contract
Specifications.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-15
Existing street shoulders disturbed by the Contractor’s operation shall be resurfaced with 6
inches of compacted Gravel Borrow and 2 inches of compacted Crushed Surfacing Top
Course sloped ½ inches per foot away from the paved street. Street shoulder restoration
shall be in conformance with Section 4-04.3(11) (Shoulder Ballast) of the Contract
Specifications.
All other surfaces, mailboxes, fences, signs, lawn irrigation systems, etc., disturbed by the
project, shall be promptly replaced or relocated to original or better condition. Gravel
driveways disturbed by the work shall be resurfaced with a compacted 2-inch layer of
Crushed Surfacing Top Course. All ditches shall be reconstructed as indicated on the
drawings.
The Contractor shall restore all disturbed landscaping in conformance with Section 8-02
(Roadside Restoration) of the Contract Specifications.
1-07.16(1) Private/Public Property
(November 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.16(1)A Protection and Restoration of Existing Markers and
Monuments
All existing survey monuments and property corner markers shall be protected from
movement by the Contractor. RCW 58.24.040(8) and WAC 332-120 and their rules shall
apply to all existing survey markers and/or monuments that must be removed for
construction purposes. When survey markers and/or monuments are disturbed, they are to
be referenced by survey ties and then replaced by the Contractor. All existing property
corner markers disturbed or removed by the Contractor’s operations which, in the opinion
of the Engineer, were not required to be removed for construction purposes shall be
replaced, at the Contractor’s own expense, by a Professional Land Surveyor registered in
the State of Washington. This includes the City of Auburn benchmark system. Any
damaged monuments must be reset to second order, first class specifications.
1-07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration
(August 2, 2010 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-07.16(2) is supplemented with the following:
Vegetation and soil protection zones for trees shall extend out from the trunk to a distance
of 1 foot radius for each inch of trunk diameter at breast height.
Vegetation and soil protection zones for shrubs shall extend out from the stems at ground
level to twice the radius of the shrub.
Vegetation and soil protection zones for herbaceous vegetation shall extend to encompass
the diameter of the plant as measured from the outer edge of the plant.
1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities
(June 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following.
For the purpose of determining vertical clearance requirements for overhead power and
communication lines, all public and private streets within the City of Auburn shall be
considered conventional highways and are subject to the requirements stated in WAC 468-
34-290 unless otherwise determined by the City Engineer.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-16
(April 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following.
The Contractor is responsible for determining the exact location of existing underground
utilities.
A list of utilities and known contact persons will be available at the pre-construction
conference for the Contractor’s convenience. In most cases, the City has contacted these
utility companies, identifying the project elements and potential impacts to their facilities.
The Contractor is responsible for any breakage of utilities or services resulting from their
operations.
The Contractor is responsible for the complete repair (including materials) of any utility
damaged by the work (including water services) Copper water service lines, if damaged,
must be replaced in kind by one continuous service line from the water main to the meter.
Splicing will not be permitted. The contractor shall repair any damage caused by broken
water mains or services. The Contractor shall have sufficient materials and qualified
personnel available to effect immediate repairs of water and sewer lines that may be
damaged by the work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for securing private locate services where One-
Number Locator Services do not cover (such as property outside the public right of way).
(April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.17(1)A Disruptions to City Water Services
All water service shutdowns caused by construction activities shall be requested by the
Contractor a minimum of 4 working days in advance of the proposed shutdown, shall be
approved by the City a minimum of 2 working days before the shutdown, and shall be
performed by City Water Utility staff. The Contractor shall schedule Work such that all
water service disruptions are limited to 4 hours.
The City does not guarantee a complete dry system following any water shutdown. All
costs for dewatering following a water shutdown shall be included in the unit bid prices of
the work involved.
(April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.17(1)B(1)Utility Potholing
The Contractor shall physically locate, uncover, and document the location of underground
utilities at the locations identified in the plans. The purpose of utility potholing is to allow
sufficient time ahead of pipe laying operations to identify underground conflicts, allow
ample time to make minor adjustments in pipe grade and/or alignment, and generally
facilitate the Contractor’s work schedule.
The Contractor shall submit a potholing plan/schedule to the Engineer for review and/or
approval prior to commencing potholing or pipe laying operations. The plan shall show the
proposed location and clearly state the purpose for each proposed potholing location. The
Engineer may add or delete potholing locations.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-17
In no way shall the work described under Utility Potholing relieve the Contractor of any of
the responsibilities described in Section 1-07.17 (Utilities and Similar Facilities) of the
Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
1-07.17(2) Utility Construction, Removal, or Relocation by Others
(April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
Any authorized agent of the Contracting Agency or utility owners may enter the City right-
of-way to repair, rearrange, alter, or connect their equipment.
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance
Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following.
1-07.18 Insurance
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
1-07.18(1) General Requirements
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all
subsections of section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a
current A. M. Best rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in
the State of Washington. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve
or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer’s financial condition.
B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the
commencement of the Contractor’s Work through the term of the Contract and
for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise
indicated below.
C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and
that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this
Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the
retroactive date. Claims-made form coverage shall be maintained by the
Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Completion Date or earlier
termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the
Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of
coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall
purchase an extended reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of
guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial
responsibility for liability for services performed.
D. The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess
or Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory
insurance as respects the Contracting Agency’s insurance, self-insurance, or
self-insured pool coverage. Any insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool
coverage maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess of the
Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-18
E. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds
with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their
receipt of such notice.
F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required
insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency
G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall
constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency
may, after giving five business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the
breach, immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or
renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith,
with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand,
or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the
Contractor from the Contracting Agency.
1-07.18(2) Additional Insured
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of
Professional Liability and Builder’s Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the
following listed entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements
required herein:
the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents,
and volunteers
The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of
liability maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained
by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective
of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-
07.18(4) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor.
For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional
insured endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for
ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations.
1-07.18(3) Subcontractors
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance
coverage that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided
insurance as set forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for
determining the limits of coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors.
The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities
listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies
as required by that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least
as broad as ISO CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for
completed operations.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the
Contracting Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-19
endorsements of each Subcontractor of every tier as required in 1-07.18(4)
Verification of Coverage.
1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance
and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth
herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of
Contracting Agency to demand such verification of coverage with these insurance
requirements or failure of Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the
insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of
Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance.
Verification of coverage shall include:
1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be
equivalent.
2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities
listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The
Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its
policies instead of a separate endorsement.
3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein.
4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not
satisfy these requirements – actual endorsements must be submitted.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the
Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders
Risk insurance is required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is
required when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work.
1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below.
Contractor’s maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required
herein shall not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage
provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency’s recourse to
any remedy available at law or in equity.
All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to
approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within
the deductible or self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
In the event an additional insured incurs a liability subject to any policy’s deductibles
or self-insured retention, said deductibles or self-insured retention shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least
as broad as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-20
arising from premises, operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors,
products-completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability
assumed under an insured contract. There shall be no exclusion for liability arising
from explosion, collapse or underground property damage.
The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per
project general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent
endorsement.
Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the
Contractor’s completed operations for at least three years following Substantial
Completion of the Work.
Such policy must provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$2,000,000 General Aggregate
$2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence
$1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability each accident
1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and
shall be written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the
work involves the transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include
MCS 90 and CA 99 48 endorsements.
Such policy must provide the following minimum limit:
$1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident
1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the
Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington.
1-07.18(5)D Excess or Umbrella Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance with limits of not
less than $1 million each occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or
umbrella liability coverage shall be excess over and as least as broad in coverage
as the Contractor’s Commercial General and Auto Liability insurance
All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named as
additional insureds on the Contractor’s Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance
policy.
This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor’s primary
Commercial General and Automobile Liability coverages, or any combination
thereof that achieves the overall required limits of insurance.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-21
1-07.18(5)E LHWCA Insurance
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
If this Contract involves work on or adjacent to Navigable Waters of the United
States, the Contractor shall procure and maintain insurance coverage in compliance
with the statutory requirements of the U.S. Longshore and Harbor Workers'
Compensation Act (LHWCA).
Such policy must provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Accident – each accident
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – each employee
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – policy limits
1-07.18(5)J Pollution Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall provide a Contractors Pollution Liability policy, providing
coverage for claims involving bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use of
tangible property that has not been physically injured), cleanup costs, remediation,
disposal or other handling of pollutants, including costs and expenses incurred in
the investigation, defense, or settlement of claims, arising out of any one or more of
the following:
1. Contractor’s operations related to this project.
2. Remediation, abatement, repair, maintenance or other work with lead-based
paint or materials containing asbestos.
3. Transportation of hazardous materials away from any site related to this
project.
All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named by
endorsement as additional insureds on the Contractors Pollution Liability insurance
policy.
Such Pollution Liability policy shall provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 each loss and $2,000,000 annual aggregate
1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
In the last sentence of the first paragraph, replace the word “Highway” with the word
“Public”.
Supplement this section with the following:
The use of any project area by vehicles or pedestrians before project acceptance is not to
be construed as utilization by the City of Auburn.
1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic
(January 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All unattended excavations shall be barricaded at all times.
Failure to provide proper barricading and lighting will be cause for the City to call in a
barricading company to install proper barricades and lights and charge the Contractor for
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-22
all costs incurred. At the end of each working day, the Contractor shall place temporary
patches or steel plates over unfinished portions of trenches crossing traveled ways.
Material for temporary patches shall be hot or cold mix asphalt concrete. The cost for
temporary patches or steel plates shall be included in the appropriate unit bid prices for the
work involved.
Traffic control devices that are in conflict with required construction traffic devices or
construction work shall be covered, removed and temporarily stored, or temporarily
relocated by the Contractor.
Flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices shall be in accordance with Section 1-
10.3 (Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices).
Signal downtime will not be allowed Monday thru Friday between the hours of 6:00 AM and
9:00 AM and between 3:00 PM and 6:00 PM
(April 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.23(1)A Dust and Mud Control and Street Cleaning
The Contractor is responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project limits. All
streets outside the project limits used by the Contractor during the execution of this
Contract shall be kept clean. The Contractor shall be prepared to use the proper
equipment necessary to render the streets free of all mud, debris, and foreign materials.
Any damage caused by dust or mud accumulation on the streets and in the storm sewer
system shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor’s cleaning actions must comply with the City of Auburn’s Surface Water
Management Manual (SWMM). A copy of the City’s SWMM manual can be found on the
City’s website at auburnwa.gov under publications and forms.
The Contractor shall provide for a clean surface on all surfaced roadways upon completion
of each day’s activities. Equipment required for this operation shall be on the job site or
available at all times. Failure to have this equipment on the job site or available may
necessitate a shutdown of the project.
(April 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.23(1)B Daily Cleanup and Maintenance Items
The Contractor shall clean all roadways, streets and appurtenances, including sidewalks
which are open for public use, of all material or debris that has been dropped or otherwise
deposited thereon, as a result of Contractor’s on- and off-site operations, at the conclusion
of each working day, and at such other times as deemed necessary by the Engineer to
ensure the safety of the traveling public and to prevent inconvenience to the public and
owners of private property adjacent to the project.
If the Engineer determines that roadways, streets, sidewalks, and appurtenances are not
properly cleaned to prevent public inconvenience, or the condition of the excavation or
disposal sites so warrant, the Contractor shall provide facilities to remove clay or other
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-23
deposits from tires, between wheels, and outside of truck beds before trucks and other
equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets.
Any violation of the above requirements will be sufficient grounds for the Engineer to order
the roadways, streets and appurtenances cleaned or sprinkled by others at the expense of
the Contractor.
1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours
(May 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall submit a written procedure to the Engineer for approval per Section 9-
38 (Submittal Approval) for routing and maintenance of traffic. The City of Auburn
Engineering Division, City of Auburn Police Department, and the Valley Regional Fire
Authority must approve all street blockage, traffic routing, etc.
Streets may be closed to through traffic, unless otherwise specified in Section 1-07.23(1)C
(Closure Restrictions), with Engineer approval. The Contractor shall obtain written
approval from the Engineer at least 15 working days prior to an anticipated street closure.
Street closures shall be such that they provide for maximum public safety and public
convenience. They shall be opened to through traffic at such time as the work has been
completed, or as the Engineer may direct.
Street closures and detours shall provide for the following:
1. Reasonable access to, and egress from, the properties adjacent to the
project at all times.
2. At least one-way traffic on all existing roadways within the project limits
during working hours and at the end of each working day provisions for the
safe passage of two-way traffic during the non-working hours.
3. If the Contractor requires delays or limited term street closure beyond that
provided for herein, the request shall be submitted, in writing, for the
approval of the Engineer before the anticipated delay or closure. The delay
or closure request shall state the reason, the locations, the time and date,
and the duration of the required delay or closure.
4. The Contractor is required, at their own expense, to remove all excess
materials, debris, or other obstruction caused by their operation, from the
streets or alleys as the work progresses, whether within the project limits or
along haul routes. If the Contractor neglects to remove such materials or
obstruction and return streets, sidewalks, driveways, and roads in suitable
condition for traffic within 1 working day after having received written notice
from the Engineer, the work may be done by the City of Auburn and the cost
thereof charged to the Contractor and deducted from money due, or to
become due, to the Contractor. The Contractor shall repair or replace any
streets, sidewalks, roads, or culverts damaged by their operations, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and other concerned parties.
5. The Contractor must maintain convenient access for local traffic to
driveways, houses, and buildings along the work route. Such access shall
be maintained as near as possible to that which existed before construction
began. The Contractor shall provide 10 working days advance notice to all
property owners and tenants of street and alley closures or other restrictions,
which may interfere with their access. When the abutting owners’ access
across right-of-way lines is to be eliminated and replaced under the Contract
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-24
by another access, the existing access shall not be closed until the
replacement access facility is available.
The Contractor shall be responsible for making detailed notifications of detours and
closures as follows:
1. The Contractor shall provide at least 10 working days advance written
notification to the local public transportation organization(s), School District,
Fire Authority and Police Department before the beginning of operations, so
that these agencies may reroute their emergency vehicles around the
construction zone. If the Fire Authority or Police Department determine that
rerouting is not possible, the Contractor shall allow reasonable access
through the construction zone at all times.
2. The Contractor shall notify all affected owners and agencies of all closures,
detours and traffic interruptions at least 10 working days in advance of such
closure. Notification shall be in writing and must include the beginning and
ending times and dates of traffic disruption(s), names of streets or locations
of alleys to be affected, detour routes, etc. The Contractor shall give the
Engineer written certification of all notifications before all traffic disruptions.
On large projects requiring extended traffic disruption, the Contractor shall
make additional notifications, as conditions require.
1-07.24 Rights of Way
(September 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Street right-of-way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits shall be
shown on the Plans. The Contractor’s activities shall be confined within these limits, unless
arrangements for use of private property are made.
Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public right of
way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement
agreements obtained by the City from the owner of the private property. If easement
agreements were obtained by the City as part of this project, they are included in the
Appendix. Copies of the easement agreements not obtained prior to advertising will be
made available to the Contractor once obtained by the City.
The Contractor shall give 48 hours’ notice to each property owner prior to entry of each
property. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private
improvements must be adjusted.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the City,
any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary
construction staging facilities, Contractor’s convenience, storage or materials, or other
Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work
or not, the Contractor shall submit to the City a completed “Property Owner Permission for
Construction” form. The “Property Owner Permission for Construction” form is available at
the City of Auburn Public Works Department. If the Contractor utilizes private property for
temporary construction facilities, storage of materials and equipment, employee parking or
other Contractor needs, a “Temporary Use Permit” shall be secured from the City of Auburn
in accordance with Section 18.46A.070 of the Auburn City Code. The Contractor must file
a written release with the City from all private property owners upon whose property the
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-25
Contractor’s operations has encroached before completion, unless such work was specified
in the Contract.
(March 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.28 Haul Routes
Prior to moving any materials or equipment on public streets, the Contractor shall submit a
haul route plan to the Engineer for approval per Section 9-38 (Submittal Approval). The
plan must be submitted 10 working days prior to hauling. The Engineer must approve the
haul route plan before hauling begins. Damage done to streets during the Contractor’s
hauling shall be repaired to pre-construction conditions at the Contractor’s expense.
If the Contractor hauls materials or equipment without an approved haul route plan or not in
accordance with an approved haul route, the Contractor may be assessed penalties per
Section 1-08.9(1) (Penalties). The assessment of penalties is at the sole discretion of the
Engineer.
1-08 Prosecution and Progress
(May 25, 2006 APWA GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference
(December 2019D City of Auburn GSP)
Prior to beginning construction work a preconstruction conference will be scheduled
between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited.
The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be:
1. To review the initial progress schedule;
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated
or affected by the work;
3. To establish and review procedures for notifications, approvals, submittals,
etc.;
4. To establish normal working hours for the work;
5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and
6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit electronically 1 working day prior to the
preconstruction conference, the following, per Section 9-38 (Submittal Approval):
1. Preliminary progress schedule.
2. SPCC Plan per Section 1-07.15(1) of the Contract Documents.
In addition, the Contractor shall prepare and submit electronically 1 working day prior to the
preconstruction conference:
1.Emergency Call List; and
2.A Preliminary Schedule of Submittals
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-26
1-08.0(2) Hours of Work
(April 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, normal
working hours shall be from between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. If
the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request
All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such
as noise ordinances).
If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall
submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what
hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than
5 working days prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours.
(April 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
If the requested working hour deviation is approved by the Engineer, it may be revoked at
any time the City receives complaints from the public or adjoining property owners
regarding the noise from the Contractor’s operations.
1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
(August 2015D City of Auburn GSP)
The City will send a dated and signed official “Notice to Proceed” to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Engineer has given the Notice to
Proceed. The Contractor shall give the City at least three (3) working days advance notice
before beginning each phase of the work (such as excavation, street paving, etc.). The
Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to be completed within the existing public Right-
of-way in the agreed upon timeframe. This timeframe shall be established by the submittal
and acceptance of a construction schedule addressing all items of work and their
completion
1-10 Temporary Traffic Control
1-10.1 General
(April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor is also responsible for distributing City provided informational flyers to
affected property owners. The flyers shall be hand-delivered to these properties before the
start of construction and shall include the name of the project, funding source, general
contractor, approximate date for start and completion of construction activities. The
Contractor shall provide traffic control for City provided inspection, testing, and survey as
requested by the Engineer.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-27
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management
1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans
(December 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Contractor prepared Traffic Control Plans shall conform to the established standards for
plan development as shown in the MUTCD, 2009 Edition, Part VI, and the WSDOT Work
Zone Traffic Control Guidelines, latest edition. A separate pedestrian traffic control plan
shall be required from the Contractor if normal pedestrian travel is affected by the
Contractors actions. The Contractor shall submit the Traffic Control Plan and/or Pedestrian
Accommodation Plan to the Engineer for review and approval at least 5 working days in
advance of the time the traffic control devices, including signs, are scheduled to be installed
and utilized. Traffic Control Plans and Pedestrian Accommodation Plans shall be
submitted per Section 9-38.1 (Submittals) and shall include the City’s Traffic Control Plan
Checklist with each submittal. The Engineer must approve the Traffic Control Plan before
any onsite work begins on the project. Outside edges of the traveled way may be
delineated with traffic safety drums or tubular markers providing that the requirements of
Section 1-07.23(1) (Construction Under Traffic) are met. Barricades shall be in accordance
with the applicable Standard Plans.
1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices
1-10.3(1)Traffic Control Labor
1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor
(April 2018D City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
When working within signalized intersections, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate
the use of City provided uniformed police officers to control traffic. Contractor is
responsible for all coordination with the City of Auburn Police Department to secure a
uniformed police officer as required. This coordination shall be done a minimum of 3
working days in advance of the day a uniformed police officer is necessary. When the City
of Auburn Police Department is not able to secure a uniformed police officer, the Contractor
shall provide uniformed officers from outside police agencies and shall contract for those
services directly. Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to the use of outside agency
police services.
1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall provide and install “Construction Site Sign(s)” in accordance with the
contract documents 2 working days in advance of any on site construction activities.
Installation of the signs shall be in accordance with Section 1-10.3(3) (Construction Signs)
and ) and the applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 1-28
(April 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-10.3(3)L Temporary Signage for Roadway Traffic Revisions
Temporary “Traffic Revision Ahead” (W20-901) signs with two warning flags shall be
installed in advance of roadway projects that include traffic revisions. Temporary “New
Signal Ahead” (W20-902) signs with two warning flags shall be installed in advance of the
intersection on all approaches to the new signal. Temporary “Traffic Signal Revision” (W20-
903) signs with two warning flags shall be installed in advance of each intersection
approach with signal modifications. A 12-inch x 12-inch warning placard shall be affixed to
the top of each signal head being modified. Warning signs shall be mounted on 4”x 4”
wooden posts and placed per plan and MUTCD requirements. The Contractor shall remove
all temporary signs and posts no earlier than 3 months and no later than 6 months following
completion of the traffic revisions. Posthole voids shall be restored with native material.
END OF DIVISION 1
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-1
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
2-01 Clearing, Grubbing and Roadside Cleanup
2-01.1 Description
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Clearing and grubbing shall be done to the construction limits shown on the Plans. When
no clearing and grubbing limits are shown, the clearing and grubbing limits shall be the
smallest area required to complete the other Contract Work.
2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris
2-01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 – Open Burning
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Open burning will not be permitted on this project.
2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 - Chipping
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Woodchips shall not be utilized on the project site unless approved by the Engineer. Wood
chips shall be disposed of by Disposal Method No. 2 – Waste Site.
2-01.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where the Plans indicate clearing and grubbing on private property, the terms of the
easement agreements referenced in Section 1-07.24 (Rights of Way) shall dictate if the
property owners are responsible for relocating trees, shrubs, or other landscaping from the
work area, and the required advance notice to the property owner(s) from the Contractor.
Absent of these stipulations, respective property owners are responsible for relocating or
removing trees, shrubs, or any other landscaping material within the work areas that they
wish to save, unless specified elsewhere in the contract documents, and the Contractor
shall notify property owners a minimum of 7 calendar days in advance of clearing the site,
to allow the owner time to remove landscape material.
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-2
2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions
2-02.3 Construction Requirements
2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and other Drainage
Structures
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove storm drainage structures as described in the Plans. The
resultant void shall be backfilled with Gravel Borrow per Section 9-03.14(1) (Gravel
Borrow), unless otherwise noted. All material removed from the site shall be properly
disposed of, unless otherwise identified to be salvaged.
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-02.3(4)A Remove and Reset Fencing
This work consists of removing and resetting fencing as shown on the Plans. The
Contractor is responsible for ensuring that any remaining fence and fence to be reset is
undamaged. The Contractor shall repair any damage caused by the Contractor’s
negligence at no additional cost to the City. Costs for the replacement of fencing
components and finishes (such as gates, posts, foundations, fabric, stain, and other
material) required for the resetting of removed fence shall be included in the costs for
removing and resetting the fence.
For the protection of pets and security of the property, the Contractor shall schedule
removal of fencing with the property owner at least 5 working days in advance. Unless
approved by the property owner, no site shall be left unfenced.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-02.3(4)B Remove and Reset Private Signs
Where shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall remove existing private signs for
placement in new locations.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the sign(s) and mounting apparatus(es)
remain undamaged. Any damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence shall be repaired
or replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The new cement concrete
foundation(s) shall be equal or larger in size than the existing foundation(s), unless
otherwise designated in the Contract Documents.
All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with applicable subsections of Section
8-20 (Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, and Electrical) of the Standard Specifications
and as amended by these Special Provisions.
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-3
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-02.3(4)C Remove and Reset Private Luminaires
Where shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall move existing private luminaires to new
locations.
Following removal of the existing light fixture, the Contractor shall protect the fixture and all
component parts from loss or damage until such time as the fixture is relocated. Any
damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The new cement concrete foundation(s) shall be
equal or larger in size than the existing foundation(s), unless otherwise designated in the
Contract Documents.
All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with applicable subsections of Section
8-20 (Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, and Electrical) of the Standard Specifications
and as amended by these Special Provisions.
(September 2019D City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-02.3(5) Salvage
All casings, pipe, frames, grates, covers, traffic signal equipment, poles, luminaires and
other material of recoverable value identified to be salvaged from the project shall be
carefully delivered to the City of Auburn Maintenance & Operations Facility (1305 “C” Street
SW) in their existing condition.
The Contractor shall provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days prior to
delivery of any salvaged item.
Following removal items to be salvaged, the Contractor shall protect the items and all
component parts from loss or damage until such time as all they are delivered by the
Contractor to the City of Auburn Maintenance and Operations Facility. The Contractor shall
replace lost, damaged, or destroyed items in kind, at the Contractor’s expense. The
Contractor shall coordinate the receiving of salvaged items by the City. The Contractor
shall label any salvaged traffic signal poles, mast arms, and signal/lighting equipment with
the City contract number and location from which they were salvaged. Labels shall be
removable weather proof tags that will not damage or mark the salvaged item.
2-03 Roadway Excavation And Embankment
2-03.3 Construction Requirements
2-03.3(3) Excavation Below Subgrade
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of unsuitable roadway subgrade material. The
Contractor shall replace the removed material with crushed surfacing base course per
Section 9-03.9(3) (Crushed Surfacing), unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents. When specified in the Plans, the Contractor shall place construction geo-
synthetic beneath the crushed surfacing base course.
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-4
2-03.3(7) Disposal of Surplus Material
2-03.3(7)C Contractor-Provided Disposal Site
(September 2019D City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If, during the course of this project, it becomes necessary to dispose of either excess or
unsuitable materials, the additional following requirements shall be observed:
1. In no case shall any waste materials be disposed of on any site within the City limits
of Auburn, unless the Contractor has a valid Grading (Fill) Permit according to Section 1-
07.5(7) (City of Auburn Requirements) in this document;
2. Grading (Fill) Permits are issued by the City of Auburn Community Development
Department after all conditions have been met to the satisfaction of the City Engineer;
3. The Grading Permits are issued to the legal owner of the property. Any questions
regarding the requirements should be directed to the City of Auburn Community
Development Services at 253.931.3020 (Option 3) or permitcenter@auburnwa.gov;
4. Any waste material disposed of outside the City limits of Auburn shall be at the
Contractor’s risk. The Contractor is responsible for complying with all local codes and
ordinances;
5. Failure to comply with the above requirements shall be grounds for the City to issue
a suspension of work until such time as the requirements have been satisfied;
6. Time lost by failure to satisfy these requirements shall be insufficient reason for
granting time extensions.
2-03.3(14) Embankment Construction
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Embankments shall be constructed in compacted layers of uniform thickness by Method C
of Section 2-03.3(14)C (Compacting Earth Embankments).
2-04 Haul
2-04.2 Hauling on other than City Streets
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitate hauling over roads other
than City of Auburn streets, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, make all
arrangements for the use and cleaning, if necessary, of the haul routes.
2-06 Subgrade Preparation
2-06.3(1) Subgrade for Surfacing
(September 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-5
Before placing base course, subgrade shall be shaped to conform to the “typical cross-
section” shown in the Plans. Adequate water shall be spread on the subgrade to obtain
optimum moisture content for compaction. The subgrade shall be graded to a uniform
cross-section true to line and grade and compacted as directed by the Engineer prior to
placing base material.
(March 9, 2016 APWA GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-06.3(3) Subgrade for Permeable Pavements
Before placing permeable ballast for Porous HMA/WMA, the Contractor shall bring the
Subgrade to the required line, grade, and cross-section. The Contractor shall compact the
Subgrade to a depth of 6 inches to at least 90 percent, but not more than 92 percent, of the
maximum density as determined by the compaction control tests described in Section 2-
03.3(14)D. Two (2) density tests will be conducted for every 5,000 square feet of prepared
subgrade; or four (4) tests per 200 lineal feet of roadway or sidewalk. All subgrade shall be
firm and unyielding as determined by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall take measures to protect the prepared and approved subgrade from
traffic, water run-on, standing water, or other damage. Subgrade that has been over
compacted, shall be scarified to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches and recompacted.
Material used to protect the Subgrade from traffic or provide access to adjacent facilities
shall be removed and the subgrade compacted prior to placing geotextile, if used and/or
permeable ballast.
2-07 Watering
2-07.3 Construction Requirements
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall water to control dust and shall have a water truck available for
watering.
(December 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-07.4(1) Water from City Hydrants
The Contractor shall obtain a Fire Hydrant Meter Permit from the City of Auburn Permit
Center (1 East Main Street) before taking of water from hydrants. Water will be furnished
by the City from the fire hydrant to be designated at the time a Fire Hydrant Meter Permit is
obtained and in accordance with the terms of the Fire Hydrant Meter Permit. To obtain a
Fire Hydrant Meter Permit the applicant shall make a deposit of $2,390.00 which covers the
use of a water meter, hydrant wrench, brass adapter, backflow prevention device and
hydrant gate valve, and is refundable if returned in acceptable condition. When the meter,
hydrant wrench, backflow prevention device, and gate valve are returned in an acceptable
condition and all water usage fees have been paid, the $2,390.00 deposit will then be
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 2-6
refunded to the applicant. The applicant shall pay a base fee of $49.42 per month and all
water usage will be paid by the applicant at the rate of $4.56 per hundred cubic feet.
NOTE: These are current 2022 rates and may be revised periodically. The Contractor
shall be responsible to contact the City and verify these rates when preparing the bid.
Adjustment of these rates by the City will not be the basis for any contract unit price
adjustment.
The Contractor shall furnish all required equipment and material necessary for transporting
the water from the hydrant, including gauges for testing (except the meter, wrench and
valve as stated above).
END OF DIVISION 2
DIVISION 3: AGGREGATE PRODUCTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 3-1
DIVISION 3 Aggregate Production and Acceptance
No changes to this section.
END OF DIVISION 3
DIVISION 4: BASES
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 4-1
DIVISION 4 Bases
No changes to this section.
END OF DIVISION 4
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-1
DIVISION 5 Surface Treatments and Pavements Bases
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new Section, including subsections:
5-03 Non-Woven Fabric for Pavement Overlays
5-03.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of placing Non-woven Fabric for pavement overlays as shown in the
Plans.
5-03.2 Materials
(April 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Asphalt Binder PG 58H-22 per Section 9-02 (Bituminous Materials).
Fabric: Non-woven polypropylene material.
Elastic Recovery, at 15 pounds wet or dry 100%
Weight 3 to 5 oz./square yard
Tensile Strength, either direction 80 pounds minimum
Elongation 50% minimum
Asphalt Retention 0.2 gallons/square yard minimum
Melting Point 300 degrees or greater
Minimum Width 75 inches
5-03.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Equipment Requirements
All equipment, tools, and machines are subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Surface cleaning equipment shall be capable of removing oil, grease, and other
objectionable materials from the pavement surface.
Application equipment shall consist of brooms and distributor. The distributor shall have a
capacity of not less than 1,000 gallons. Asphalt shall be uniformly applied at the specified
rate.
The distributor shall be equipped with a 10-foot spray bar and extensions, pressure pump
and gauge, volume gauge located to be easily read by an inspector from the ground, a
tachometer to accurately control the speed and spread of the asphalt, and two
thermometers indicating continuous asphalt temperatures, (one of which is permanently
installed).
An independent power unit developing a minimum of 25-psi pressure at the spray bar shall
supply power for the pressure pump.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-2
Surface Preparation
The pavement surface shall be dry and free of all foreign materials such as dirt, grease, oil,
etc. Cracks shall be filled per Section 5-04.3(4)A (Crack Sealing). Holes shall be repaired
per Section 5-04.3(4)C (Pavement Repair).
Where existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement depths are 2 inches or less, soil residual
herbicide shall be applied to the roadway surface per Section 5-04.3(4)B (Soil Residual
Herbicide).
Asphalt Application
The asphalt, with a minimum temperature of 290 degrees F, shall be sprayed uniformly at
the rate of 0.25 to 0.30 gallons per square yard over the area to be fabric covered. The
Contractor shall shield the preceding application to avoid laps and ridges where separate
applications of asphalt meet. In inaccessible areas asphalt application may be provided by
a suitable hand sprayer.
Fabric Application
The Contractor shall not begin fabric application until the Engineer has determined that all
materials, equipment, and labor are ready.
Fabric cannot be moved once placed, therefore, the initial alignment is very important. If
alignment is to be changed, the fabric shall be cut and realigned with an overlapping joint a
minimum of 6 inches in the direction of traffic. Fabric shall be also lapped a minimum of
6 inches at transverse and longitudinal fabric joints. The lapped top 6 inches of fabric shall
be folded back and asphalt shall be applied to the bottom fabric at the rate of 0.05 gallons
per square yard. The top fabric shall be immediately replaced and the joint shall be
broomed and squeegeed to form a smooth, tight lapjoint.
The fabric shall be broomed into the asphalt eliminating all air bubbles. Air bubble removal
can be best accomplished by brooming from the center of the fabric toward the outer
edges.
Membrane Curing
The entire surface of the fabric shall be pneumatically rolled until the fabric is well
embedded into the asphalt.
Asphalt Concrete Overlay
The asphalt concrete overlay shall immediately follow the fabric installation in accordance
with Section 5-04 (Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA)).
The fabric manufacturer's recommendations and requirements regarding asphalt
temperature, protection of fabric, rolling temperature and techniques, etc., shall be
followed.
A representative of the manufacturer shall be on the project at the beginning of fabric
placement. The representative shall remain on the site until the Contractor has
demonstrated to the Engineer an understanding required to satisfactorily perform the work.
The Contractor shall not place more fabric than can be overlaid in the same day.
No fabric, except that which is required for normal lapped joints, shall be exposed to traffic.
If traffic must drive on the fabric, the fabric shall be dusted with sand to prevent vehicles
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-3
from picking up the asphalt. Before resuming asphalt overlay, the sand shall be swept
clean from the fabric.
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Delete Section 5-04 and amendments, Hot Mix Asphalt and replace it with the following:
5-04.1 Description
This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot
mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these
Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown
in the Plans. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes
in accordance with these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives,
chemical additives, and foaming.
HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required,
mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable,
and workable mixture.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
HMA Class 3/8-inch, Class 1/2-inch, and Class 3/4-inch are designated as leveling or
wearing courses. HMA Class 1-inch is designated as a pavement base course. All
mixtures are considered dense graded HMA.
5-04.2 Materials
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4)
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6)
Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4
HMA Additive 9-02.5
Aggregates 9-03.8
Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B
Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5)
Recycled Material 9-03.21
Portland Cement 9-01
Sand 9-03.1(2)
(As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing)
Joint Sealant 9-04.2
Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-4
The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for
the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency.
If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the
Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the
amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine
aggregates, and mineral filler.
The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the
production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if
any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile.
The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional
sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of
one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project.
The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency
when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include
the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications.
The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt
binder from different sources is not permitted.
The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of
HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit
to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the
manufacture of HMA.
Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01.
Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of
aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02.
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The crack sealant material shall be rubberized asphalt per Section 9-04.2(1) (Hot Poured
Joint Sealants).
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products
List (QPL), please follow the WSDOT process outlined in Standard Specification 5-
04.2(1).
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-5
5-04.2(1)A Vacant
5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer.
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA
in the contract documents.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA
in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails,
gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA
accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer.
Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of
the Project Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial
evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of
nonstatistical evaluation.
Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor
shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting
Agency review;
The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or
one of the mix design verification certifications listed below.
The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and
certification (stamp & sig-nature) of a valid licensed Washington State
Professional Engineer.
The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a
qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.**
The mix design shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as
Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The
Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO
Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO:
resource proficiency sample program.
Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall;
Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in
accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the
requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and
stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9-03.8(6).
Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in
accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti-strip and
aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-6
At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than
12 months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that
the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design.
Commercial Evaluation Approval of a mix design for “Commercial Evaluation” will be
based on a review of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For
commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the
current WSDOT QPL or from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of
the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required.
For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and
design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) appropriate for the required use.
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature
or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives,
chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the
following:
Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in
Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures.
Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350-
076 to describe the proposed additive and process.
5-04.3 Construction Requirements
5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st
through March 31st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer.
Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are
less than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the
proper handling or finishing of the HMA.
Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving
Compacted Thickness
(Feet)Wearing Course Other Courses
Less than 0.10 55◦F 45◦F
0.10 to .20 45◦F 35◦F
More than 0.20 35◦F 35◦F
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-7
5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section
shall apply.
The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving
the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that
there has been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the
minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer
may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of
the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic.
Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall
also be placed marking the detour or alternate route.
During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained
throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the
Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in
accordance with Section 8-23.
All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these
requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the
unit Contract prices for the various Bid items involved in the Contract.
5-04.3(3) Equipment
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements:
1.Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the storage of
asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required
temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or
other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank.
The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper
and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose
of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the
supply line to the mixer.
2.Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable of detecting
temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt
binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-8
thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors.
The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial-scale thermometer, a
mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved
thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to
automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates.
This device shall be in full view of the plant operator.
3.Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not
exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor
shall it be below the minimum temperature required to maintain the asphalt
binder in a homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner
that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a
continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average
temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA
additive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder
shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA
additive.
4.Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant shall be
equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials.
The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the
crushing and screening operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup
and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided
for in Section 3-01.2(2).
5.Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the
following methods:
a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant.
b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle
without entering the hauling vehicle.
5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have
a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from
adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are
forecast to include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F or when time from
loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to
protect the HMA.
The contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA
mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained
prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating
material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For
live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the
release agent.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-9
5-04.3(3)C Pavers
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided with an internally
heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of
HMA plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown
in the Plans.
The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment
available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture
installed, in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list
the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted.
The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations
and shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture
without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the
manufacturer’s recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting
Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including
ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without
augers and an internally heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way.
When specified in the Contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines
shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal
control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for
intermediate lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of
a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade
prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of
the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness
can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device
may be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the
continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the
approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of
the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer
determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical
control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and
accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment.
If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may
suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled
on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds.
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-10
When laying HMA, the paver shall be operated at a uniform forward speed consistent with
the plant production rate and roller train capacity to result in a continuous operation. The
auger speed and flight gate opening shall be adjusted to coordinate with the operation.
5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle
(October 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) only applies to paving on State Routes and
within the right of way of the State, unless other-wise required by the contract.
When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and
prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain
a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length
of the windrow may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion
of the Engineer.
To be approved for use, an MTV:
1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver.
2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver.
3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a
windrow.
4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to
placement into the paving machine.
5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the
mixture.
To be approved for use, an MTD:
1. Shall be positively connected to the paver.
2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a
windrow.
3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to
placement into the paving machine.
4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the
mixture.
5-04.3(3)E Rollers
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good
condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer
for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the
manufacturer’s recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-11
number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance
with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in
crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard,
uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable
results shall not be used.
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall
bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the
Engineer.
Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be
accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as
approved by the Engineer.
Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may
require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to
avoid bridging across preleveled areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used
for the compaction of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer.
Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the
pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other
objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All
pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement
grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with
an appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and
compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of
the surface shall be approved by the Engineer.
A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of
HMA is to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly
paved surfaces at the discretion of the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to
cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare
spots at a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The
rate of application shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat
shall be applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat
shall be limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The
spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature
of the tack coat material.
Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If
the Contractor’s operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement
of the HMA.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-12
The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h
emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part
water to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature
such that it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not
exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified
asphalt manufacturer.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove existing pavement markers, lane markers, and plastic
markings.
5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing
5-04.3(4)A1 General
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks ¼ inch in width
and greater.
Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign
material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry
and warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack
with the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers.
Routing cracks is not required.
Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the
material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer’s product
information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including
the manufacturer’s recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage
time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application
temperature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any
overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the
Contractor’s method of sealing the cracks with hot poured sealant results in an
excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation
to eliminate the excess material.
5-04.3(4)B Soil Residual Herbicide
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall apply one application of an approved soil residual herbicide. Any area
that has not been paved within the 24 hour time limit or that has been rained on, shall be
treated again at the Contractor’s expense. The herbicide shall be applied uniformly in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-13
Use herbicide registered with the Washington State Department of Agriculture for use
under pavement. Before use, obtain the Engineer’s approval of the herbicide and the
proposed rate of application. Include the following information in the request for approval of
the material:
Brand Name of the Material;
Manufacturer;
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Registration Number;
Material Safety Data Sheet; and
Proposed Rate of Application
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA
in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The
Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the
pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged
as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the
satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall
excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the
same shift, unless approved by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a
depth of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation
depth required. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches
unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement
shall be sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will
become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-
provided site off the Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-
03.21.
Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy
application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the
pavement repair area.
Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot
compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished
with the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a
mechanical tamper or a roller.
(April 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-14
HMA for pavement repair shall be HMA Class 1/2-inch PG 58H-22 or as shown in the
Plans. Pavement repair areas shown in the Plans, if any, are for reference only. The
repair areas shall be as directed by the Engineer in the field.
5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02.
Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP.
Materials shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation
when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different
aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA
plant.
5-04.3(5)A Vacant
5-04.3(6) Mixing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti-
stripping additives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until
complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt
binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured.
When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing
temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as
approved by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of
HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum
recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of 2
percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems
with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these
problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer.
Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with
approval of the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours.
HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be
disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage
facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third
point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be
accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone
of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the
working shift.
Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior
to entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there
is evidence of the recycled asphalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and
mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-15
changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the required amount of mineral
materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into
the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles
and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and
RAP is ensured.
5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade
and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used
to distribute the mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal
compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following:
HMA Class 1” 0.35 feet
HMA Class ¾” and HMA Class ½”
wearing course 0.30 feet
other courses 0.35 feet
HMA Class ⅜”0.15 feet
On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical
spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other
equipment or by hand.
When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for
each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The
intermingling of HMA produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of
HMA placed during a work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class
of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF.
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
In all instances, wearing courses of 3 inches or greater shall be created using a maximum
depth of 1 ½-inch lifts.
5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand
equivalent, uncompacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with
Section 3-04. Sampling and testing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial
evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-16
5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation.
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial
Evaluation is specified.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA
in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails,
gores, prelevel, temporary pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural
applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the
Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at
the option of the Engineer.
The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request
a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the
Engineer and may be made in accordance with this section.
HMA Tolerances and Adjustments
1.Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture at the time of
acceptance shall be within tolerance. The tolerance limits will be established as
follows:
For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are
determined by adding the tolerances below to the approved JMF values.
These values will also be the Upper Specification Limit (USL) and Lower
Specification Limit (LSL) required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2
Property Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation
Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5%+/- 0.7%
Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A
For Aggregates in the mixture:
a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits by
applying the following tolerances to the approved JMF.
Aggregate Percent
Passing
Non-Statistical
Evaluation
Commercial
Evaluation
1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves +/- 6%+/- 8%
No. 4 sieve +/-6%+/- 8%
No. 8 Sieve +/- 6%+/-8%
No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0%+/- 3.0%
b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits
determined from step (a) the minimum amount necessary so that none of the
aggregate properties are outside the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The
resulting values will be the upper and lower acceptance limits for aggregates,
as well as the USL and LSL required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2.
2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or
asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer.
Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-17
of equal or better quality and may require the development of a new mix design
if the adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below.
a.Aggregates –2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″,
and the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and
0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF
shall be within the range of the control points in Section 9-03.8(6).
b.Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or approve changes to
asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix
design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent
5-04.3(9)A Vacant
5-04.3(9)B Vacant
5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the
Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots.
5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be
tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced
for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be
equal to one day’s production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot
will be a minimum of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons.
All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be
evaluated collectively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved,
the material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF
for the remaining sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a
lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s
request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can
be produced.
Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample
per sublot.
5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by
the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the
Engineer and in accordance with AASH-TO T 168. A minimum of three samples should
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-18
be taken for each class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application,
at least one of the three samples shall to be tested.
Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities are less than 400
tons is at the discretion of the Engineer.
For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800
tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In
all cases, a minimum of 3 samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a
minimum of one of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF:
If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional
testing will be at the Engineer’s discretion.
If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional
testing of the remaining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF)
shall be performed.
5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will at the option of the Contracting Agency. If
tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731.
Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T
308.
Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11.
5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting
Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price
adjustment factors:
Table of Price Adjustment Factors
Constituent Factor
“f”
All aggregate passing: 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″ and
No.4 sieves
2
All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15
All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20
Asphalt binder 40
Air Voids (Va) (where applicable)20
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-19
Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents
falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit
Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the
nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price
Adjustment Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to
determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the
calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three
sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway
shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation.
5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant
5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated
CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The
NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The
total job mix compliance price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the
NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix.
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual
pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF).
5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation - Retests
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor
shall submit a written request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have
been received. A split of the original acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the
sample will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The
sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and, at
the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of
the HMA in place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be
deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract
at the rate of $500 per sample.
5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all
constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at
the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall
outside the commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the
lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate
CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the
maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-20
the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of
three sets of results for evaluation.
For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the
calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be
determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by
60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product
of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton
of mix.
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual
pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF).
5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including
lanes for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having
a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a
specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a
Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with
Section 1-06.2, using a LSL of 92.0 (minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density).
The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The
specified level of density attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of
the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with
WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge correlation will be at the discretion
of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when
using cores to determine density.
Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the
required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores
after completion of the finish rolling.
If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test
procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the
mix is placed and prior to opening to traffic.
Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the
Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches
minimum, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by
the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166.
If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the
Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at
locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item
“Roadway Core” the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-21
For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s
request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can
be produced.
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under
conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point
evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in
accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an
approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be
used on all subsequent paving.
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling
wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved
by the Engineer.
Test Results
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the
minimum of 92 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a
CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may
request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The
relative density of the core will replace the relative density determined by the nuclear
density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance
of HMA compaction lot.
When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they
shall be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have
been provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of
wheel paths and as determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the
Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the
requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF
for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the
coring will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor
under the Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost
of the traffic control.
5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no
undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large
compaction equipment shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that
becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is
in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be
immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-22
The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence
shall generally be the Contractor’s option, provided the specified densities are attained.
Unless the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static
mode when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix
temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or
cracking of the mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks.
5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less
than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the
Engineer may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so
will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed
for any 500-foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the
theoretical maximum density.
5-04.3(10)C Vacant
5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction
5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on
acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into
compaction lots.
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be
tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced
for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be
equal to one day’s production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot
will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for
compaction will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738.
The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot
in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request
after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be
produced.
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under
conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point
evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in
accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an
approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be
used on all subsequent paving.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-23
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel
ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation –
Acceptance Testing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the
Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot.
5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative
density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted
at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a
relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be
evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The
maximum CPF shall be 1.00, however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will
be used to offset lots with CPF values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF
lower than 0.90 will be evaluated for compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by
either a nuclear moisture-density gauge or cores will be completed as required to
provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation.
For compaction below the required 92% a Non-Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF)
will be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00
multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the
product of CPF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit
Contract price per ton of mix.
5-04.3(11) Reject Work
5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected.
The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of
rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the
sole discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the
requirements in Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit
a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-24
5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and
replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and
evaluated for acceptance.
5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction)
(November 2019D APWA GSP)
The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that
appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the
pavement. Any rejected section of Roadway shall be removed.
If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three
representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will
be based on conformance with the nonstatistical acceptance Specification. The cost of
sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also
isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative
density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an
original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material
will be obtained and tested. The material will then be statistically evaluated as an
independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2).
5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is
rejected a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained.
These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent
lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2).
5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until
such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can
be produced:
1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00
and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or
2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below
0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-25
3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less
than 0.75.
5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction)
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected.
5-04.3(12) Joints
5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints
5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing
course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled
transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the
freshly laid mixture only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for
such a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction temperature. When
the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a
slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course.
A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a
transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the
temporary wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy
wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall
be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the
course prior to resumption of paving.
The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut.
Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint.
5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately
below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints
constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the
Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in
the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The
notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate
size or more than ½ of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not
steeper than 4H:1V. The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be
uniformly compacted.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-26
5-04.3(12)A3 Asphalt Concrete Pavement Butt Joints
(April 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall provide butt joints where the new asphalt concrete pavement meets
the existing pavement as shown on the Plans in a manner to produce a smooth riding
connection to the existing pavement. The depth of butt joint required shall be determined
by the depth of new asphalt concrete pavement specified on the Plans, but not less than 2
inches. The surface elevation of new and existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement shall be the
same at all butt joints.
All asphalt concrete joints shall be sealed with asphalt binder PG 58H-22 per Section 9-02
(Bituminous Materials).
5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals
5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both
ends of the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior
joints within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut
alignment points in a manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut
after placing the overlay.
Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer’s application
procedure.
Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified ion the Plans and in accordance with
the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the
detail shown in the Standard Plan. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-
05.3(8)B and the manufacturer’s application procedure.
5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in
section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement:
1. Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with
Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans.
5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to
crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the
wearing course shall not vary more than ⅛ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot
straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-27
the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than ¼ inch in 10 feet
from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans.
When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high
place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the
following methods:
1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding
machine, or
2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or
3. By other method approved by the Engineer.
Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater
than the allowable tolerances.
Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA
and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the
Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment.
The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor
the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in
which any excessive deviations described above are found.
When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the
traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to
paving. This requirement may be waived when requested by the Contractor, at the
discretion of the Engineer or when the adjustment details provided in the project plan or
specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the completion of paving.
Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre-Paving planning
(5-04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior
to the start of paving.
5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The planing plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planing meeting must be
held prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on
planing submittals.
Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the Drawings.
Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must
remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities.
The finished product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA
overlay.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-28
Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do
not use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA.
Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise
damage the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly
grooved or roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other
imperfections. The Contractor must repair any damage to the surface by the
Contractor’s planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method.
Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by
planing, as determined by the Engineer.
A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide
a minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final
wearing course. The dimensions of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as
specified by the Engineer.
A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces
(meet lines) where butt joints are shown on the Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight
line with vertical faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the
existing adjoining pavement.
After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by
the Contract, patched and preleveled.
The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional
depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection
survey as specified in Section 5-04.3(14)A.
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The full depth beginning and end of each lane of planing shall be squared-off to form a
uniform, transverse joint.
The Contractor shall provide for safe vehicle travel over existing manholes, valve boxes,
catch basins, etc., for planed areas opened to traffic. Before opening the roadway to traffic,
any delaminating of the planed asphalt surface shall be removed and the resulting holes
patched with HMA. Also, the surface shall be cleaned by sweeping to remove dust and
foreign matter. Where the plans call for a grind an overlay, the overlay work shall
commence within 5 working days of completing the pavement grinding except where
specified otherwise in the Contract.
Planing tailings may be used as trench backfill. Planing tailings may also be used as
crushed surfacing when mixed with Crushed Surfacing per Section 9-03.9(3) (Crushed
Surfacing) per Section 4-04.3(3) (Mixing).
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-29
5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required
by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to
be planed with equipment that can identify hidden metal objects.
Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer.
See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be
hidden in pavement.
The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the
Contractor’s failure to conduct a pre-planing metal detection survey, or from the
Contractor’s failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected.
5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic
5-04.3(14)B1 General
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
In addition the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in
Section 1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves,
the Contractor must comply with the following:
1. Intersections:
a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing
operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept
to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane
as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual lanes or
portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule of traffic volumes
required in the approved traffic control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent
intersections are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic
control restrictions required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection
closure or partial closure, must be addressed in the traffic control plan, which
must be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2).
b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an
intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of
the intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street detours. Be
prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions thereof.
c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley
service is impacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place
and compact the HMA mixture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as
needed.
d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a
number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-30
alert traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial
closure.
e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before
any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until
approval has been obtained from the Engineer.
2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking, temporary
stop bars, and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with
Section 8-23.
3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22.
5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the
Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation’s activity start date.
These plans must show how the moving operation and traffic control are coordinated,
as they will be discussed at the pre-planing briefing and pre-paving briefing. When
requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s traffic control
plan on 24 x 36 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of
operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic
may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be
changed if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown.
The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal
detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying,
staging of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at
the briefing.
When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and
noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in
advance. The traffic control plan must show where police officers will be stationed when
signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are
proposed.
At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include:
1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each
day’s traffic control as it relates to the specific requirements of that day’s planing
and paving. Briefly describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the
proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of
temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day’s
planing, and paving.
2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan.
3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and
staging areas, including return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it
relates to the sequencing of paving operations.
4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-31
5. List of all equipment to be used for paving.
6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of
paving equipment.
7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of
paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day’s work, must
include the directions of proposed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of
adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and
paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and
coordinations to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the
final pavement marking lane lines.
8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory
personnel.
9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs.
10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day.
11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations.
5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation,
or as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the
Contractor has adequately prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the
Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day’s operations as they
relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, including driveway and
business access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working
around energized overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other
accesses, other contractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle
traffic, and emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part
of that day’s operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed
operation as it relates to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, approved traffic
control plan, and public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not
limited to:
1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan:
a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations.
b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control
and signalization for that operation, including use of peace officers.
c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing
operations, as applicable, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience
and safety, and to other con-tractors who may operate in the Project Site.
d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other
entities and the public as necessary.
e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement
markings as it relates to planning and to paving.
f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary
pavement patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-32
g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the
pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car rail,
and castings, before planning, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2.
h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and
related operations.
i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement
base repairs.
j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address.
2. Paving – additional topics:
a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving.
b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If more
pieces of equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the sequencing
of the personnel operating the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance
of operator personnel for each type equipment as it relates to meeting
Specification requirements.
c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor
will ensure different JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are
distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the time, and how
pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence
the other JMF.
d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations such as equipment
breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations.
e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other
sampling and testing.
5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with
Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to
opening to traffic.
5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where
staked by the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04.
5-04.3(17) Asphalt Cold Patch
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
“Asphalt Cold Patch” for temporary pavement patching and temporary pedestrian ramps or
walkways shall be placed by the Contractor immediately upon the request of Engineer as
required for maintenance of traffic as specified in Section 1-07.23(1) (Construction Under
Traffic) in this document. “The Asphalt Cold Patch” shall be removed in its entirety before
asphalt concrete pavement is placed.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-33
5-04.3(18) Porous HMA
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
Subgrade Preparation and Permeable Ballast/Choker Course Placement
The Contractor shall prepare subgrade in conformance with Section 2-06 and in
accordance to the Plans except that subgrade soil shall be compacted to 90 percent of the
maximum density under the tests described in Section 2-03.3(14)D.
Protect gravel borrow subgrade to remain. Keep traffic off of the prepared subgrade during
construction. Final 12-inch excavation of gravel borrow subgrade to be done at time of
placement of permeable ballast/choker course in order to protect the existing subgrade
infiltration capabilities. Final excavation shall proceed as machinery is pulling back and
travelling on preliminary grade as final grade is excavated.
To prevent compaction when installing the permeable ballast/choker course, these
materials shall be dumped onto the subgrade from the edge of the installation and pushed
out onto the subgrade. Subsequent load shall be dumped from the top of the sand filter
sand and permeable ballast/choker course as the installation progresses.
Maintain flow diversion measures to prevent runoff and sediment from entering the work
limits. Remove debris or sediment that has accumulated on the finished subgrade after
viewing and before placing permeable ballast/choker course.
Place and compact permeable ballast/choker course aggregate to the grades indicated on
the Plans in 6-inch maximum compacted lifts. Compaction shall be performed using a 10-
ton vibratory drum compactor. The required compaction effort for each aggregate type shall
be determined using a test strip. Compact the test strip using a predetermined number of
passes with the compactor. Measure the density of the permeable ballast/choker course
using a nuclear densometer gauge in backscatter mode. Perform additional passes with the
roller and measure the aggregate density again. Repeat until the increase in density
achieved with the additional passes of the compactor is less than or equal to 1.2 pounds
per cubic foot on average. The number of passes with the compactor required to achieve
this density shall be used to compact the remainder of the aggregate for the project.
Compaction testing using the nuclear densometer gauge shall be used to confirm
compaction at a frequency of one test per 2,000 square feet.
Protect placed aggregate from stormwater run-on and contamination from adjacent
exposed soils.
Pervious Asphalt Concrete Pavement
The Contractor shall prepare and place asphalt pavement in conformance with Section 5-
04.
Testing and acceptance requirements for Commercial HMA described in Section 5-04 of
the Standard Specifications and of these Special Provisions shall apply to pervious asphalt
concrete.
Transport the mix to the job site in clean vehicles with smooth dump beds that have been
sprayed with a non-petroleum release agent. Limit the time of haul to avoid drainage of the
asphalt to the bottom of the truck bed. The mix should be covered during transportation to
prevent cooling and the formation of lumps.
Pavement shall be laid utilizing a self-propelled paving machine of 5-foot-minimum width
and laser plane control or unit with an activated screed or strike-off assembly, capable of
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-34
being heated if necessary, and capable of spreading and finishing the mixture without
segregation for the widths and thicknesses required.
Roller shall be steel tandem drum-type, static-type of a 5 to 10 ton size. Maximum loading
shall be 265 lbs. per linear inch of drum. The asphalt pavement shall be rolled a minimum
of two rollings. The surface shall receive a final rolling utilizing a one-ton roller to remove all
roller marks and imperfections in the surface.
Compaction shall be commenced when the asphalt mix temperature mix is at a range of
200 degrees to 240 degrees F.
Compacted depth of pervious asphalt pavement of any layer shall not exceed 0.25 foot.
Allow the pervious pavement to cure for 24 hours before applying any vehicular traffic
loading.
5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement
5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Proportioning of Concrete
A. The Contractor shall design the concrete mix determining the proportions of
Portland cement, coarse and fine aggregate, and water necessary to
produce a workable concrete meeting the following requirements:
(1) A compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 calendar days.
(2) A maximum slump of 3 inches for fixed form paving and 2 ½
inches for slip form paving.
(3) If air-entrained concrete is used, the mix shall contain no more
than 6 percent entrained air as determined by AASHTO T 152.
B. The Contractor shall design the mix on the basis of an absolute volume
method such as outlined in the American Concrete Institute (ACI) Standard
211.1, “Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal Weight
Concrete”.
C. Water reducing, set retarding or superplasticizer chemical admixtures may
be used at the option of the Contractor but subject to approval by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall indicate in advance the particular type and
name product of admixtures that they proposes to use and only such
admixtures approved by the Engineer may be incorporated into the concrete
mix. Admixtures selected for use shall be compatible with all other
components of the concrete. The use of calcium chloride as an admixture
will not be permitted.
D. The Contractor shall submit for the record, not later than 15 calendar days
prior to the start of paving operations, the proposed mix design including the
aggregates grading to be used. The submission shall be accompanied with
certified laboratory reports on the tests performed on the trial mixes. In the
event that the concrete mix designed by the Contractor does not produce
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-35
concrete of the specified strength and workability, the Contractor shall adjust
the mix as required to meet the specified requirements at no additional cost
to the City and shall submit new certified test results.
E. In the event the Contractor elects to use an air-entraining admixture, they
shall determine by trials the amount of the selected admixture that will
produce concrete having the desired air content and the amount shall not be
varied except as approved by the Engineer. The admixture shall be added
during batching at the plant in accordance with the admixture manufacturer’s
recommendations.
F. The Contractor shall determine the proportions and batch weights for air-
entrained concrete in the same manner as for regular concrete provided,
however, that in making such adjustments as may be necessary by reason
of air-entrainment, the minimum quantity of fine aggregate and the minimum
quantity of water shall be used which will provide concrete of the required
workability.
G. Whenever the Contractor modifies the concrete mix, other than minor
adjustments in the relative quantities of fine and coarse aggregates, they
shall submit a copy of the new mix design, together with certified copies of
tests results, to the Engineer.
H. No change in the sources or character of the materials shall be made
without due notice to the Engineer. No new materials shall be used until
approved by the Engineer and until new trial mixes have been designed,
tested and accepted.
5-05.3(8) Joints
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Engineer a Joint Plan at least 10 working
days prior to the commencement of any pavement construction. Transverse and
longitudinal joints shall be contraction or through joints (including construction joints).
Joints shall be constructed in accordance with the detail shown in the Contract Plans and
shall be of the type and at the locations indicated on the Contract Plans. The faces of all
joints shall be constructed perpendicular to the surface of the cement concrete pavement.
5-05.3(8)D Isolation Joints
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Isolation joints are placed only where shown on the Plans. The joint alignment shall be at
right angles to the Pavement Structure centerline unless otherwise specified in the
Contract.
Longitudinal isolation joints shall be constructed with premolded material, ½-inch in
thickness and conform to Section 9-04.1(2) (Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints).
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-36
They shall extend from 1 inch below the bottom of pavement to ¾ inch below the top of
pavement.
The joint material shall be held accurately in place during the placing and finishing of the
concrete by a bulkhead, a holder, metal cap or any other approved method. The joint shall
be perpendicular to the paved surface and the holder shall be in place long enough to
prevent sagging of the joint material.
A wood filler strip or metal cap shall be placed on the top of the premolded joint filler to form
the groove ¾ inch deep, and shall remain in place until after the finishing and the concrete
is sufficiently set to resist sloughing in the groove. The joint filler shall be stapled together
at the ends to preserve continuity.
Immediately after removal of side forms, the edges of the pavement shall be carefully
inspected and wherever the joint filler is not fully exposed, the concrete shall be chipped
down until the edge of the filler is fully exposed for the entire depth.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
5-05.3(8)E Sealing through Joints
After the pavement is cured and before carrying any traffic, the space left by the removal of
the wood filler strip or the metal cap above the top of the expansion joint filler strip shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all loose material. The ¾ inch wide groove shall be completely free
of any projecting concrete from the sides and the groove shall be continuous across the
slab to each edge. It shall then be filled level with the pavement surface with joint sealant
meeting the requirements of Section 9-04.2 (Joint Sealants).
The joint sealant material shall be heated and placed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Burned material will be rejected. The through joint groove
shall be dry at the time of pouring the sealing compound.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
5-05.3(9) Integral Cement Concrete Curb on New Pavement
Integral doweled curb on new pavement shall be constructed as shown in the Contract
Plans.
The pavement width shall be extended to the back of the curb. The pavement where the
curb is to be placed shall be roughened or otherwise treated so that a permanent bond can
be secured between the curb and the pavement. Curing compound shall not be used on
the pavement where the curb is to be constructed.
Curb shall be constructed in accordance with Section 8-04.3(1) (Cement Concrete Curbs,
Gutters and Spillways) and the Contract Plans.
5-05.3(10) Tie Bars and Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Epoxy-coated tie bars shall be placed at all longitudinal contraction and construction joints,
in accordance with the requirements shown in the Contract Plans. In addition, epoxy-
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-37
coated dowel bars shall be installed when concrete curbs are constructed on top of
concrete pavement in accordance with the requirements shown in the Contract Plans.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Curb dowels shall be placed at 28 inches on center in the fresh concrete pavement. Curb
dowels shall be placed in all segments of curbing that is full depth and shall be placed in
transition areas for curb cuts in which a minimum of 1 inch of cover from the top of the
finished curb can be achieved.
Dowel bars shall be set while the concrete is still plastic enough to not require hammering
them into place.
(September 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
5-05.3(23) Cement Concrete Pavement for Alley
This work consists of placing Cement concrete pavement for alleyways.
5-05.3(23)A Pavement and Alley Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Cement concrete pavement for alleys shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05 (Cement
Concrete Pavement). Alleys shall meet the requirements for driveways in Section 8-06
(Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances).
5-05.3(23)B Extra Concrete for Alley Approach Ramp
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
When constructing and finishing cement concrete Alley pavement, the Engineer may in
some cases require the Contractor to place additional concrete over the surface of the Alley
pavement to serve as an integral ramp or vehicular access to abutting private property.
Additional thickness for such ramps shall not exceed 6 inches above the original planned
concrete surface at any point, and will be addressed in accordance with Section
1-04.4 (Changes).
(March 9, 2016 APWA GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
5-06 Pervious Concrete Pavement
5-06.1 Description
This work shall consist of constructing a pervious cementitious pavement composed of
portland cement concrete on a prepared subgrade or subbase in accordance with these
Specifications and in conformity with the lines grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-
sections shown in the Plans or established by the Engineer.
5-06.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-38
Portland Cement 9-01
Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1
Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints 9-04.1(2)
Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23
Water 9-25
Hydration stabilizing admixtures shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-23.6(3) or
9-23.6(5).
Synthetic Fibers for Concrete
When specified synthetic fibers to be included in the mix for portland cement concrete shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM D 7508/7508M.
5-06.3 Construction Requirements
5-06.3(1) Pervious Concrete Construction Meeting
Prior to the start of construction of the pervious concrete pavement section, including
excavation of the pavement section, the Contractor shall coordinate, schedule and attend a
preconstruction meeting for the pervious concrete pavement. The following are required to
attend the meeting:
1. Contracting Agency representative.
2. General Contractor’s representative(s).
3. Engineer of Record for the pervious concrete pavement.
4. Concrete placement lead person(s).
5. Associated Subcontractor’s representative.
6. Pervious concrete Supplier’s representative.
7. Material Testing Laboratory’s representative.
The meeting shall cover all aspects of the work including, but not limited to:
1. Submittals.
2. Short and long term schedule.
3. Inspection of the Work.
4. Protection of the Work.
5. Pervious concrete placement.
6. Curing.
7. Materials.
8. Specifications.
9. Testing.
10. Test panel and JMF.
11. Acceptance criteria.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-39
5-06.3(2) Pervious Concrete Mix Design
The Contractor shall provide a mix design for pervious concrete and shall submit the mix
design to the Engineer in writing. Pervious concrete shall not be placed in the test panels
without a mix design that has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer.
5-06.3(2)A Mix Design Criteria
The Contractor shall include the following elements and results of the described procedures
in the proposed mix design:
1. A unique identification number for the mix design that is approved for the Job Mix
Formula (JMF).
2. Portland cement shall be Type I, Type II, Type I-II Type IP, or Type IS.
3. The cementitious content, including pozzolans if used, shall be a minimum of 480
pounds per cubic yard.
4. The mix shall incorporate a hydration stabilizing admixture.
5. Synthetic microfibers may be utilized at the manufacturer’s recommended dosage
rate.
6. The water / cement ratio shall not exceed 0.35.
7. No more than 25 percent of portland cement in the mix, by weight, may be replaced
by fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, or a combination of both.
8. Coarse aggregate shall conform to Section 9-03.1(4), AASHTO Grading No.8.
5-06.3(2)B Job Mix Formula (JMF)
The approved mix design established through the approved test panel becomes the JMF.
5-06.3(3) Submittals
In accordance to Section 1-05.3, the Contractor shall submit the following items to the
Engineer for acceptance prior to placing any pervious concrete pavement:
1. The source of all materials proposed for use in constructing pervious concrete
pavement.
2. Batch weights for all constituents of one (1) cubic yard of the proposed pervious
concrete mix.
3. The specific gravity (SSD) of all aggregates to be used in the proposed pervious
concrete mix.
4. The proposed gradation of coarse aggregates used in pervious concrete.
5. The designed volume in cubic feet of all proposed components for 1(one) cubic yard
of the proposed pervious concrete mix.
6. The design water / cement ratio of the proposed mix design.
7. The fresh density of the proposed pervious concrete mixture as determined by
ASTM C1688.
8. Catalogue cuts and Certificates of Compliance for all proposed admixtures.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-40
9. Mill Certification of the portland cement and pozzolans, if used, for the current lot to
be used in the production of the proposed pervious concrete mix. The Contractor
shall maintain this submittal throughout the duration of the project as lots change.
10. Current certification by the National Ready Mix Concrete Association (NRMCA) for
the batch plant(s) to be used in the production of pervious concrete.
11. Current certifications by the NRMCA for the trucks to be used in transporting
pervious concrete from the batch plant to the point of placement.
12. Qualification documentation for current certifications by the NRMCA for the
Contractor’s personnel who will be installing pervious concrete. See Section 5-
06.3(10)A. Valid acceptable documentation is the NRMCA issued wallet card or
certification certificate.
13. At the time of delivery of the material to the site, the Contractor shall provide an
original Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of pervious concrete. The
Certificate of Compliance shall include information noted in Section 6-02.3(5)B. If
the Certificate of Compliance from the concrete producer is not provided to the
Engineer upon delivery, the truckload shall not be placed.
5-06.3(4) Equipment
Equipment necessary for handling materials, mixing, delivering, and performing all parts of
the Work, shall be in good repair, designed for the task, and operated by trained and
qualified personnel.
5-06.3(4)A Batching Plant and Equipment
Pervious concrete shall be centrally mixed in a plant with a current NRMCA certification.
5-06.3(4)B Mixer Trucks
Pervious concrete shall be transported to the location by truck mixers, non-agitating trucks
shall not be used for the transport of pervious concrete. The drums on mixer trucks used to
transport pervious concrete shall have fins that are not excessively worn, damaged or have
excessive concrete buildup. Mixer trucks shall have a current NRMCA certification.
5-06.3(4)C Side Forms
Pervious concrete shall be placed in stationary forms. If pervious concrete is to be placed
against a curb, previously placed concrete, or other existing structure, they may be used as
a side form for the pervious concrete paving. Forms for pervious concrete shall be made of
steel or wood and shall be in good condition, and shall be capable of being anchored in
place so that they will be true to grade, line and slope. Forms shall be sufficiently rigid to
maintain specified tolerances and capable of supporting concrete and mechanical concrete
placing equipment. Forms shall be in good condition, straight, clean, free of debris, non-
adherent rust and hardened concrete.
Set, align, and brace forms so that they hardened pavement meets the lines, grades and
slopes as shown in the drawings. Apply form-release agent to the form face, which will be
in contact with concrete, immediately before placing concrete. Form release agent shall not
be applied to previously placed concrete. Previously placed pavement shall be protected
from damage.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-41
The Contractor shall inspect all forms for line, grade and slope. No pervious concrete shall
be placed until the forms have been inspected by the Engineer.
5-06.3(4)D Finishing Equipment
Finishing equipment for pervious concrete paving shall be designed for the intended work,
shall be clean and in good operating condition.
Equipment used for striking off the pervious concrete shall leave a smooth surface at the
planned grades and shall not cause excess paste to be left on, or drawn to, the surface. If
rollers or spinning screeds are used to compact, they shall be of sufficient weight and width
to compact the pervious concrete uniformly through its depth and to grade without marring
the surface. Equipment used for compacting pervious concrete shall not cause the surface
to close or otherwise clog and shall produce a surface that is free of ridges or other
imperfections. Tools used for producing joints shall be designed and manufactured for the
purpose and shall not otherwise damage or mar the surface.
Vibrating equipment shall not be used for placement or compaction of pervious concrete.
5-06.3(5) Measuring and Batching Materials
Measuring and batching materials for pervious concrete pavement shall conform to the
requirements of Section 5-05.3(4).
5-06.3(6) Acceptance
For acceptance, pervious concrete pavement will be divided into lots as follows: A single
lot (lot) is represented by the lesser of: one (1) day’s production or 360 square yards of
pervious concrete in place. Where the Contractor has more than one crew placing
pervious concrete, lots will be associated with each crew. Representative lot size will be
determined to the nearest square yard. If no sample is taken on a Day, that Day’s
quantities may be included in the next or previous Day's lot(s). The Engineer may isolate
an area of pervious concrete within a lot that is deemed to be defective in any way and
such an area will be considered to be a new lot for purposes of acceptance. New lots
determined in this manner shall be extended as necessary such that they are bounded by
planned joints. Acceptance of a lot of pervious concrete pavement will be based on the
following criteria:
1. Grade: Conform to the dimensions, lines, slopes and grades specified on the plans.
Pervious concrete pavement shall be true to planned grades and shall not deviate
from grade more than ¼ inch in ten (10) feet. Where abutting existing facilities such
as sidewalks, walkways, curbs, driveways or other pavements, the pervious
concrete shall be flush.
2. Conformance to JMF: The pervious concrete pavement used shall conform to the
mix design for the JMF within the limits as set forth in Section 6-02.3(5)C and as
determined from the accepted test panel.
3. Compacted Thickness and Average Hardened Density: After a minimum of seven
(7) calendar days of curing, remove and measure three (3) cores from each lot.
Remove cores in accordance with ASTM C42/C42M. Measure the length of each
core in accordance with ASTM C1542/1542M. No single core shall be less than 3/4
inch of the design depth on the drawings. The average of all cores from a lot shall
be within minus 3/8 inch of the design depth on the plans. After length is measured,
measure hardened density of each core in the lot in accordance with ASTM
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-42
C1754/C1754M. The hardened density from a lot must be within +/- 5 percent of
the average hardened density of the JMF (approved test panel).
4. Infiltration Rate: The infiltration rate at any single test point shall not be less than
100 inches per hour.
5. Fresh Density: The fresh density of each lot will be measured by ASTM C1688 at
the point of placement shall be within +/- five (5) pounds per cubic foot of the fresh
density determined from the JMF (approved test panel).
6. Appearance: The appearance of each lot shall be consistent with the JMF
(approved test panel). The pervious concrete pavement shall have a consistent
surface texture, shall not be raveled, shall be free of ridges or other surface
imperfections, shall have joints that are in the specified location and are constructed
per specification, and shall be free of cracks.
Testing for acceptance will be performed by the Contractor.
5-06.3(6)A Infiltration Rate of Placed Pavement
The infiltration rate of the pervious concrete shall be determined at four (4) random
locations within each lot. The locations for conducting infiltration tests will be determined by
the Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule testing with the Engineer a
minimum of five (5) Working Days in advance. The infiltration rate on the finished surface
will be determined in accordance with ASTM C1701, except the infiltration ring diameter
may be 12-inches to 24-inches in diameter. The infiltration test will be conducted after a
minimum of seven (7) calendar days of curing has occurred.
If the measured infiltration rate is less than 100 inches/hour at any test location, the
Contractor may perform additional infiltration tests for the purpose of assessing overall
infiltration performance and/or determining a defective lot in accordance with Section 5-
06.3(6). The determination of a defective lot, or lots, and the extent(s), will be by the
Engineer. The cost of all testing shall borne by the Contractor.
5-06.3(7) Rejection
Pervious concrete may be rejected by the Contractor for any reason.
A truckload of pervious concrete will be rejected if the Certificate of Compliance is not
provided at the time of delivery of the material to the site. See Section 5-06.3(4)B.
Pervious concrete that is improperly cured or is allowed to freeze during the initial seven (7)
day curing period will be rejected.
Pervious concrete pavement that does not meet the acceptance criteria put forth in Section
5-06.3(6) will be rejected by the Engineer on a lot by lot basis.
During the removal process of the rejected pavement, The Contractor shall implement
measures to protect the adjacent pervious concrete pavement to remain. If pervious
concrete pavement becomes damaged by the Contractor during removal of the rejected
pavement then additional pavement areas may be rejected by the Engineer to the next
planned joint.
Fresh pervious concrete that has been rejected by the Engineer, or the Contractor, shall
not be placed, or shall be removed and replaced, at no additional cost.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-43
5-06.3(8) Mixing Pervious Concrete
Batch, mix and deliver pervious concrete in compliance with ASTM C94/C94M except that
pervious concrete shall not be transit mixed or shrink mixed. If water is added to the mix
after it is delivered on site, the fresh density for the pervious concrete shall meet the
requirements of the approved JMF referenced in this section.
5-06.3(8)A Limitations of Mixing Pervious Concrete
Mixing and placing concrete shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in
the shade away from artificial heat reaches 40º F and shall not be resumed until an
ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40º F.
The temperature of fresh pervious concrete shall not be less than 55° F, nor more than 90°
F when placed.
Pervious concrete shall not be mixed with aggregates at less than 32° F.
5-06.3(9) Subgrade Preparation And Base
Prepare and protect subgrade in accordance with Section 2-06.
Prepare and protect subbase in accordance with Section 4-04.
5-06.3(10) Placing, Spreading, Finishing, Edging, Tolerances, and
Curing
Pervious concrete shall not be placed, compacted or finished when the natural light is
inadequate, unless an adequate lighting system is in operation. The adequacy of light will
be determined by the Engineer.
Wet the surface of the subbase with water immediately before placing pervious concrete.
Deposit concrete either directly from the transporting equipment or by conveyor on the
subbase, unless otherwise specified. Pervious concrete shall not be placed on frozen
subbase. Deposit concrete between the forms to an approximately uniform height. Spread
the concrete using mechanized equipment or hand tools. Vibrating equipment shall not be
used for spreading pervious concrete.
Strike off concrete between forms using a form-riding paving machine, roller screed, or
spinning screed.
Compact concrete to a uniformly dense structure without clogging the surface with paste.
Finish the pervious concrete to a uniform, open-textured surface to match the appearance
of the approved JMF test panel.
Edges shall be hand tooled to a radius of ¼ inch.
Curing materials for pervious concrete shall be in place no more than 20 minutes of
discharge onto the subbase. The pavement surface and all exposed edges shall be
completely covered with sheet curing materials conforming to Section 9-23.1. The curing
material shall secured at all exterior edges and interior laps without damaging the pervious
concrete. The method of securing the curing material shall prevent wind from removing the
sheet and from blowing under the sheet across the surface of the concrete. Cure the
pavement for a minimum of seven (7) uninterrupted days.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-44
All traffic (foot and vehicular), staging, stockpiling or other work shall be kept off of the
pervious concrete pavement during the curing period. Any testing for acceptance shall not
occur until the end of the curing period.
Protect concrete from freezing and cold weather in accordance with 5-06.3(12).
5-06.3(10)A Contractor’s Qualifications
The contractor shall employ no less than one (1) National Ready Mixed Concrete
Association (NRMCA) certified Pervious Concrete Craftsman for each crew, who must be
on site, over-seeing the work during all pervious concrete placement; or employ no less
than three (3) NRMCA Certified Pervious Concrete Installers per crew, who must be on site
working during each pervious concrete placement. The minimum number of certified
individuals must be present on each crew for every pervious concrete placement, including
the test panel placements, and a certified individual must be in charge of the placement
crew and procedures.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, personnel used for installing pervious concrete are
unqualified, inattentive to quality, or unsafe, they shall be removed or reassigned from
installation of pervious concrete at the written request of the Engineer.
5-06.3(10)B Test Panel
Production placement of pervious concrete shall not occur until the Contractor has
completed a test panel of pervious concrete pavement that meets all of the acceptance
criteria described herein and is accepted by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall construct a test panel utilizing a minimum of seven (7) cubic yards of
pervious concrete. If multiple pavement section depths are shown on the plans, a test panel
shall be constructed for each pavement section depth/thickness. The width of the test
panel shall have a width no smaller than the greatest width to be used during the
construction and installation of the pervious concrete onsite. The test panel(s) shall include
at least one joint and at the spacing specified on the plans and specifications. Test panels
may be placed non-contiguously. The test panel(s) shall be equivalent and representative
of the production pervious concrete pavement in all aspects including subbase, depth,
joints, method of placement, curing, and preparation. Construction and evaluation of the
test panel shall occur as follows:
1. Notify the Engineer at least ten (10) Working Days before installing pervious
concrete test panels.
2. Coordinate the location of the test panel with the Engineer.
3. Install the test panel in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings.
4. Notify the Engineer when the test panel is ready for inspection and acceptance
testing.
5. Acceptance testing will be conducted in accordance with Section 5-03.3(6).
6. Remove, replace, and dispose of any unsatisfactory portions of test panels as
determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency.
Failure to install acceptable test panel(s) of pervious concrete will indicate an unapproved
test panel(s) and require new test panel(s) for review.
The completed and approved test panel(s) shall establish the JMF.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-45
The approved test panel shall meet the requirements of Section 5-03.3(6).
Upon successful completion of the infiltration test, unless otherwise determined by the
Engineer, three (3), cores will be cut in accordance with ASTM C42 and will be used to
validate the mix design under the acceptance criteria of Section 5-06.3(6). Cores shall be
taken at the same location where the infiltration test was conducted. The average
hardened density of the cores shall be the hardened density used for the JMF. The
hardened density of each core used for determining the JMF shall be within five (5) percent
of the mean value of the three cores. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with
pervious concrete meeting the proposed JMF and shall match adjacent pavement color,
texture and grade.
The completed and accepted test panels shall be maintained and protected throughout the
duration of the Work and may not be demolished and disposed of without written
permission from the Engineer. If the test panel(s) is incorporated into the Work, it shall
remain in place accepted as a single lot.
5-06.3(11) Joints
Construct joints at the locations, depths and with horizontal dimensions indicated on plans
unless noted otherwise in this section. Joints shall be of three (3) types: construction,
contraction, isolation. Construction joints shall be formed at the end of a day’s work or
when necessary to stop production for any reason. Contraction joints shall be used to
control random cracking. Isolation joints shall be used where the pervious concrete abuts
existing facilities or where shown on the Plans.
5-06.3(11)A Construction Joints
Construction joints shall be located at the location of a planned contraction or isolation joint.
Construction joints are to be formed by placing a header between the forms, at right angles,
to the full depth of the finished pervious concrete, and set to the height of the forms.
Pervious concrete shall be placed against the header and compacted and finished as
normal, including edging. The header shall remain in place until paving resumes.
5-06.3(11)B Contraction Joints
Contraction joints (transverse and longitudinal) shall be constructed at the locations and
intervals shown in the Contract. Contraction joints shall be a depth of 1/3 the thickness of
the pervious concrete pavement section and have a width of no more than 1/4 inch.
Contraction joints shall not be saw cut unless specifically noted on the Plans. Saw cut
joints shall have a minimum width of 1/8 inch. Plastic formed contraction joints shall be
tooled on both sides of the joint with a radius of ½ inch. Tool joint to the depth and width in
fresh concrete immediately after the concrete is compacted.
5-06.3(11)C Isolation Joints
Isolation joints shall be placed where the pervious concrete abuts existing structures or
where shown on the Plans. Isolation joints shall continue through the depth of the pervious
concrete using a 3/8 inch premolded joint filler meeting the requirements of Section 9-
04.1(2). Isolation joints may be formed by forming a construction joint and affixing the
premolded joint filler against one side of the joint and placing fresh pervious concrete
against it. Isolation joints and filler shall be flush with the surrounding pervious concrete
and shall not deviate from the acceptance criteria for smoothness as shown in Section 5-
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-46
06.3(6). The edge of the pervious concrete adjacent the premolded joint filler shall be hand
tooled with a ½ inch radius.
5-06.3(12) Cold Weather Work
When concrete is being placed and the ambient air temperature is expected to drop below
35° F during the day or night, the Contractor shall protect the concrete from freezing. The
Contractor shall submit for approval a Cold Weather Plan prior to placing concrete when
ambient air temperature below 35° F is anticipated, or when requested by the Engineer.
When a Cold Weather Plan is required, pervious concrete shall not be placed without an
approved Cold Weather Plan.
Under the Cold Weather Plan, the Contractor shall, provide a sufficient supply of straw,
hay, blankets, or other suitable blanketing material and spread it over the pavement to a
sufficient depth to prevent freezing of the concrete. The blanket material shall be placed on
top of the sheet curing materials and covered with a layer of burlap or plastic sheeting,
weighted or anchored to prevent the wind from displacing the insulation. At no time during
the curing period shall the temperature of the pervious concrete be allowed to drop below
55° F. The Engineer may require recording thermometers if daytime temperature is below
50°. The curing period may be extended by the Engineer if the pervious concrete
temperature has been allowed to drop below 55° F.
The cold weather protection shall be maintained for seven (7) days. Pervious concrete that
has frozen during this period will be rejected.
5-06.3(13) Protection of Pervious Concrete Pavement
As part of the Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention plan (SWPPP), rain runoff,
surface water of any kind and sediment shall be prevented from entering the area of
pervious concrete construction, including excavation, until the pervious concrete application
has cured, testing is completed and determined to meet specifications and the adjacent
areas that sheet flow/drain onto the pervious concrete are permanently stabilized from
erosion and plantings are established. Once pavement is placed, flow diversion measures
and protective covers shall continually be maintained until adjacent areas are permanently
stabilized and concrete has been accepted. Construction vehicular traffic shall not be
allowed onto the pervious concrete pavement.
Do not open the pavement to vehicular traffic until the concrete has cured for at least seven
(7) uninterrupted days, testing has been completed, and the pavement has been accepted
by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect the pervious concrete pavement from
damage, including the introduction of foreign materials to the surface, throughout the
course of the work. Pervious concrete pavement that is damaged or has been adversely
impacted by the introduction of foreign materials shall be remediated to the satisfaction of
the Engineer or rejected and replaced to the nearest joint.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-47
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
5-07 Textured Asphalt
5-07.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of texturing and coloring asphalt concrete pavement in areas indicated
on the Contract Drawings. Work includes imprinting the hot mix asphalt surface with a
textured finish, and coating the finish surface with a colored epoxy material. All imprinting
work shall be performed by an Authorized Street Print Applicator or substituted in its
entirety with an approved equivalent described here in accordance with 1-06.7(4)
(Proposed Equivalents).
5-07.2 Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The following specifications and methods are referenced as part of these Special
Provisions.
American Society for Testing and Materials
1) ASTM D-4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of
Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Tester
2) ASTM D-4060 Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic
Coatings by the Taber Abraser
3) ASTM D-2697 Standard Test Method for Volume of Nonvolatile
Matter in Clear or Pigmented Coatings
5-07.2(1) Coating Material
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The coating material shall be a premium high performance material consisting of epoxy
modified acrylic polymers blended with sand and aggregate, “StreetBond SP150E,” or an
approved equivalent.
5-07.2(2) Colorant
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The colorant shall be a highly concentrated, high quality, UV stable pigment blend designed
to be added to coating material to provide color to the coating. The colorant shall be
StreetBond Colorant, with the color “Bedrock,” and the same colorant shall be used in each
coating layer applied to the asphalt surface. One pint of StreetBond Colorant shall be used
with one 5-gallon pail of StreetBond SP150E Coating Material.
5-07.3 Construction Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall follow the latest StreetPrint Application Procedures as issued by
Integrated Paving Concepts Inc.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-48
5-07.3(1) Textured Asphalt Terms
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Textured Asphalt Pavement shall be described as “StreetPrint Pavement Texturing”,
“StreetPrint”, or approved equivalent pavement on the Contract Plans and documents
related to the project.
Pavement Texturing is defined as a finishing system, which treats the surface of Hot Mix
Asphalt (HMA) by imprinting fully compacted asphalt pavement with “grid style” or other
styles of depressions to replicate, in relief, the concrete grout depressions common to
hand-laid brick or cobblestone, or any other design as shown on the Plans or described in
the specifications, and coating the imprinted asphalt surface using an approved surfacing
system. This system shall be the “StreetPrint” system utilizing the “StreetBond HW
Surfacing System” or an approved equivalent.
Imprinting Asphalt Concrete Pavement is defined as pressing flexible templates into hot,
fully-compacted, Asphalt Concrete Pavement to create the appearance of grout lines or
patterns in the asphalt surface.
Surfacing System is defined as multiple applications of premium coating material, and
shall be StreetBond HW Surfacing System applying StreetBond SP150E.
“Authorized StreetPrint Applicator” is a contractor licensed by Integrated Paving
Concepts Inc., (Tel. 800-688-5652), and shall have a foreman, supervisor or lead hand on
site who has successfully completed a StreetPrint Level 1 or Level II Accreditation Training
Program.
5-07.3(2) Certification
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The contractor shall furnish certification of test results showing that surfacing materials has
the following properties:
1. Adhesion (PLI) To an Asphalt substrate (ASTM D-4541) Result: Cohesive
failure of asphalt prior to adhesive failure.
2. Taber Abrasion H-10(Dry Wear Index) (ASTM D-4060). Maximum of 0.98
grams/1000 cycles after 7 calendar days cure.
3. Solids by Volume (%) (ASTM D-2697). Minimum = 24 +/-2%.
5-07.3(3) Equipment
(September 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
All equipment, tools, and machines used to perform the work shall be maintained in
satisfactory working order at all times. Descriptive information on the surfacing application
equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval not less than 5 working days
before the work starts.
5-07.3(3)A Templates
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Templates shall be manufactured from flexible, woven wire rope cut and welded into the
patterns used for imprinting Asphalt Concrete Pavement.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-49
5-07.3(3)B Reciprocating Infra-Red Heater
(September 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Reciprocating Infra-Red Heater shall be used to apply heat to the asphalt surface in
designated areas for imprinting. The heating equipment used shall allow continuous
monitoring of the surface temperature to ensure the asphalt does not over heat and burn.
Equipment that is specifically excluded from this section shall not be used for reheating of
the asphalt in any form, including direct flame heaters.
5-07.3(3)C Vibratory Plate Compactor
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Vibratory Plate Compactor shall be used for pressing the wire templates into the heated
asphalt to create the specified pattern.
5-07.3(3)D Spray Equipment
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Spray Equipment shall be capable of applying the coating material to the asphalt surface in
a controlled thin film.
5-07.3(4) Construction
5-07.3(4)A Surface Preparation Prior to Coating
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The asphalt surface shall be free of dirt, debris, oil or anything that will adversely affect the
adhesion of the new coating system. All loose material on the asphalt surface shall be
removed and prior to applying the coatings, the asphalt surface shall be completely dry.
5-07.3(4)B Layout and Imprinting
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Layout and imprinting of the pattern into the surface of the HMA is shown in the Plans.
5-07.3(4)C Heating of Asphalt
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Direct flame heaters shall not be allowed for the purpose of heating the asphalt. Hot air
portable heaters may only be used for heating isolated areas. The temperature of the
asphalt surface shall be regularly monitored during the reheating process. The asphalt
pavement shall be adequately heat soaked (softened) to a depth of at least 1/2 inch,
without burning the asphalt. If during the re-heating process the surface is overheated and
begins to emit black smoke, the contractor shall stop work immediately. The damaged
surface area shall be removed by milling the upper 1-1/2 inch and replaced by a partial
depth patch with the topmost layer matching the existing surface layer mix and binder.
Patching and all work associated with the repair effort shall be at no cost to the City.
5-07.3(4)D Sample Area
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-50
Prior to installing the Surfacing System to the entire project, a sample area shall be
completed. Upon approval from the Engineer for appearance of color, the Contractor may
proceed with completing the Surfacing System installation.
5-07.3(4)E Coating Installation
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall apply the Surfacing System only when the air temperature is at least
50F and rising, and will not drop below 50F within 8 hours of application of the coating
material. There should be no precipitation expected within 2 hours after applying the final
layer of coating material.
5-07.3(5) Quality Control
5-07.3(5)A General
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
At all times the Contractor shall have a representative familiar with all manufacturer’s
recommendations for products used on site, or if the StreetPrint process is utilized then a
foreman, supervisor or lead hand who is registered with Integrated Paving Concepts, Inc.,
as a Level 1 or Level II Accredited StreetPrint Installer shall be onsite at all times during
installation; certification must be submitted for approval 5 working days prior to
commencing construction.
5-07.3(5)B Stamping Depth
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Upon completion, the patterned area shall be checked for proper depth of print. 98% of the
stamped area shall have an imprint depth of 1/4 inch. If any sample areas have an imprint
depth that is less than 1/4 inch, those areas shall be re-heated and re-stamped prior to
applying the coatings.
5-07.3(5)C Coating Thickness
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The total thickness shall be monitored by measuring the volume of material used per unit
area. For this project an average coverage area for the combined coating layers shall be
per manufacturer’s recommendation or 150 square feet coated per 5-gallon pail of
StreetBond SP150E material used. The Contractor shall provide proof of material usage.
5-07.3(5)D Protection of Existing Pavement Markings
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall protect all existing pavement markings from contamination from the
asphalt sealant including any existing markings on curbing. All disturbed pavement
markings shall be returned to their original condition, at no additional cost to the City as
specified in Section 8-22 (Pavement Markings).
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-51
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
5-08 Stamped Colored Cement Concrete
5-08.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
This work shall be for the completion of stamped concrete medians as indicated on the
Plans.
5-08.2 Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Stamped concrete shall be air entrained concrete Class 4000 in accordance with the
requirements of Section 6-02.
Solomon Liquid Colors Inc. colorant (Solomon Colors, PO Box 8288, Springfield, Illinois
62791. Phone (800) 624-0261 / (217) 522-3112. Fax (800) 624-3147 / (217) 522-3145.
Web Site www.solomoncolors.com. E-Mail sgs@solomoncolors.com.), or approved
equivalent, shall be added to the concrete mixture per the following specifications:
Colorant Material Specifications:
Color: ColorFlo Liquid Color
Name: Dark Redwood
Number: 489
Compliance: ASTM C 979.
Material: Predispersed iron oxide pigments containing high pigment solids in
aqueous base liquid.
Produce uniform and consistent color.
Permanent, inert, stable to atmospheric conditions, sunfast, weather
resistant, alkali resistant, water insoluble, lime proof, and nonbleeding.
Free of deleterious fillers and extenders.
Particle Size: 95 to 99 percent minus 325 mesh.
Specific Gravity: 1.9 to 2.0.
Color Mixing Specifications:
Mixer shall be loaded to a minimum of 40% capacity to ensure good color
suspension.
The mix design shall be consistent and the water cement ratio shall be
maintained with a maximum 4 inch slump.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-52
The Contractor shall reverse the drum, bringing the concrete to the back of
the truck, prior to adding color to the ready mix truck.
The Contractor shall mix the concrete at high speed for a minimum of 5
minutes before pouring concrete.
5-08.3 Construction Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Construction Requirements for Stamped Colored Concrete:
Measuring, Batching, Mixing, and Delivering Concrete: As specified in
Section 6-02, except as specified in this section.
1. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete with pigments in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Ensure mixer is clean and free of washout water before loading.
3. Load mixer to a minimum of 40 percent capacity.
4. Do not load mixer beyond recommended capacity.
5. Add concrete materials to mixer in same order for each batch.
6. Do not add pigment to mixer as first concrete material.
7. Maintain consistent amounts of batch water in each batch.
Placing, Finishing, and Curing Concrete: As specified in Section 6-02,
except as specified in this section.
1. Place, finish, and cure concrete with pigments in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Allow excess surface water to evaporate before finishing.
3. Do not over-finish surface. Avoid burning surface.
4. Do not fog with water or cover surface of colored concrete during
initial curing process for a minimum of 48 hours.
Add liquid pigments to concrete batch automatically by use of metering,
volumetric, or weight measuring system or manually by weight or volume in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Recycle liquid pigments while in their container before use to ensure
uniformity and proper viscosity.
Add liquid pigments to concrete batch after prewetted aggregate and before
cement addition.
Calcium chloride shall not be permitted in the concrete mix, as it causes discoloration.
Forms shall be as specified in Section 8-14.3(2).
Cleaning:
Clean concrete of efflorescence in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
Ensure concrete has sufficiently cured before cleaning.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-53
Use concrete cleaner approved by pigment manufacturer. Do not use
cleaners containing acid.
Apply cleaner in accordance with cleaner manufacturer's instructions.
5-08.3(1) Stamping
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall apply a Brickform, or approved equivalent, Antique Release agent, to
the concrete as soon as all standing water has disappeared from the concrete surface and
prior to beginning the stamping process.
The Contractor shall apply a Brickform, or approved equivalent, concrete sealer to the
finished concrete after it has cured for 28 calendar days.
While the initially finished concrete is plastic, the Contractor shall accurately align and place
stamp “skins” or semi rigid mats in sequence and changing direction of patterns as
necessary to produce the pattern shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall uniformly load
mats and press into concrete to produce the required imprint pattern and depth of imprint
on the concrete surface. The Contractor shall remove the stamp mats immediately. The
Contractor shall hand stamp edges and surfaces unable to be imprinted by stamp mats.
The Contractor shall utilize a stamping template that matches the pattern specified in the
Plans. Upon completion, the patterned area shall be checked for proper depth of print.
98% of the stamped area shall have an imprint depth of 1/4 inch. If any sample areas have
an imprint depth that is less than 1/4 inch, those areas shall be re-stamped prior to applying
the coatings. The stamped pattern shall be neat, with clean lines and intersections.
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
5-09 Slurry Seal Surface Treatment
5-09.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of applying an emulsified asphalt slurry seal to prepared designated
street surfaces in complete and strict accordance with these Special Provisions.
The slurry seal surface shall consist of a mixture of emulsified asphalt, mineral aggregate,
and water, properly proportioned, mixed, and spread evenly on the surface as specified in
this document. The cured slurry shall have a homogenous appearance, fill all cracks,
adhere firmly to the surface, and have a skid resistant texture.
5-09.1(1) Applicable Specifications
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The following specifications and methods are referenced as part of these Special
Provisions.
AASHTO __ American Association of State Highway Testing Officials;
ASTM __ American Society for Testing and Materials;
ISSA __ International Slurry Seal Association.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-54
5-09.2 Materials
5-09.2(1) Asphalt Emulsion
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Emulsified asphalt shall conform to the requirement of ASTM or ISSA Specification for type
SS1h, CSS1h, or Quick Setting Mixing Grade Emulsion.
5-09.2(2) Aggregate
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The mineral aggregate shall consist of natural or manufactured sand, slag, crusher fines,
and others or a combination thereof. Smooth-textured sand of less than 1.25% water
absorption shall not exceed 50% of the total combined aggregate. The aggregate shall be
clean and free of vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. When tested by
AASHTO T176 or ASTM D2419, the aggregate blend shall have a sand equivalent of not
less than 45. When tested according to AASHTO T104 or ASTM C88 the aggregate shall
show a loss of not more than 15%. When tested according to AASHTO T-96 or ASTM
C131 the aggregate shall show a loss of not more than 35. Mineral fillers such as Portland
Cement, limestone dust, fly ash, and others shall be considered part of the blended
aggregate and shall be used in minimum required amounts and must meet the gradation
requirements of ASTM D242. Mineral fillers shall only be used if needed to improve the
workability of the mix or gradation of the aggregate.
The combined mineral aggregate shall conform to the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing
(Type III)
½ inch - (12.5mm)
3/8 inch - (9.5mm)100
No. 4 (4.75mm)70-90
No. 8 (2.36mm)45-70
No. 16 (1.18mm)28-50
No. 30 (0.600mm)19-34
No. 50 (0.300mm)12-25
No. 100 (0.150mm)7-18
No. 200 (0.75mm)5-15
Theoretical Asphalt
Content % Dry
Aggregate 6.5-12
5-09.2(3) Water
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
All water used with the slurry mixture shall be potable and free from harmful soluble salts.
5-09.2(4) Laboratory Testing
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-55
Sources for all materials shall be identified before they are required for use on the project.
All samples must be taken according to previously mentioned procedures. All materials
shall be pretested in a qualified laboratory to determine their suitability for use in slurry.
The theoretical asphalt content shall be determined. The laboratory shall also determine if
mineral filler is required, and if so, how much should be used. Test samples shall be made
and tested on a Wet Track Abrasion Machine.
The Contractor must submit the complete laboratory analysis and test report with abraded
and unabraded slurry test samples, to the Engineer before application of the slurry seal can
begin.
5-09.2(5) Stockpiling Of Aggregates
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Precautions shall be taken to insure that stockpiles do not become contaminated with
oversized rock, clay, silt, or excessive amounts of moisture. The stockpile shall be kept in
areas that drain readily. Segregation of the aggregate will not be permitted.
5-09.2(6) Storage
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall provide suitable storage facilities for the asphalt emulsion. The
container shall be equipped to prevent water from entering the emulsion. Suitable heat
shall be provided, if necessary, to prevent freezing.
5-09.2(7) Sampling
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall furnish samples of materials and of the finished slurry surface during
progress of the work. The Contractor may be requested to supply test reports as additional
materials arrive.
5-09.2(8) Verification
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Each machine will make test strips after calibration and before construction. Test strips
shall be a portion of the project. Samples of the Slurry Seal will be taken and verification
made as to mix consistency and proportioning. Verification of the rate of application will
also be made. If any of the tests fail to meet minimum standards, additional test strips will
be required until the Engineer approves each unit. These additional test strips will be
performed at no additional cost to the City. Any unit failing to pass the tests after the third
trial will not be permitted to work on the project. Test strips must be accepted or rejected
within 24 hours after application.
5-09.3 Construction Requirements
5-09.3(1) Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
All equipment, tools, and machines used to perform this work shall be maintained in
satisfactory working order at all times. Descriptive information on the slurry mixing and
application equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval not less than 5
working days before the work starts.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-56
5-09.3(1)A Slurry Mixing Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The slurry-mixing machine shall be a continuous flow-mixing unit and shall be capable of
accurately delivering a predetermined proportion of aggregate, water, and asphalt emulsion
to the mixing chamber and to discharge the thoroughly mixed product on a continuous
basis. The aggregate shall be pre-wetted immediately before mixing with the emulsion.
The mixing unit of the mixing chamber shall be capable of thoroughly blending all
ingredients. No violent mixing is permitted. The mixing machine shall be equipped with an
approved fines feeder that provides an accurate metering device or method to introduce a
predetermined proportion of mineral filler into the mixer at the same time and location as
the aggregate. The fines feeder shall be used whenever added mineral filler is a part of the
aggregate blend.
5-09.3(1)B Slurry Spreading Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
A mechanical type squeegee distributor shall be attached to the mixing machine. It shall be
equipped with flexible material in contact with the pavement and shall be maintained to
prevent loss of slurry from the distributor. It shall also be adjustable to ensure uniform
spread. There shall be a steering device and a flexible strike-off. The spreader box shall
have an adjustable width. The box shall be kept clean, and build-up of asphalt and
aggregate on the box will not be permitted. The Engineer shall approve the use of burlap
drags or other drags.
5-09.3(1)C Cleaning Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Power brooms, power blowers, air compressors, water flushing equipment, and hand
brooms shall be suitable for cleaning the surface and cracks of the old surface.
5-09.3(1)D Auxiliary Equipment
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall provide hand squeegees, shovels, and other equipment as necessary
to perform the required work.
5-09.3(1)E Calibration
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Each slurry-mixing unit used to perform the work shall be calibrated in the presence of the
Engineer, before construction. Documentation of previous calibration that covers the exact
materials being used may be an acceptable substitute provided they were made during the
same calendar year. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of each
material at various settings that can be related to the machine's metering device(s). No
machine will be allowed to work on the project until calibration has been completed and
accepted.
5-09.3(2) Preparation of Surface
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-57
Immediately before applying the slurry, the surface shall be cleaned of all loose material,
silt spots, vegetation, and other objectionable material. Any standard cleaning method to
clean pavements is acceptable, except water flushing which is not permitted in areas where
there are numerous cracks present in the pavement surface. The Engineer shall give final
approval of the surface preparation.
5-09.3(3) Composition and Rate of Application of the Slurry Mix
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The amount of asphalt emulsion to be blended with the aggregate shall be as determined
by the laboratory report after final adjustment in the field. A minimum amount of water shall
be added as necessary to obtain a fluid and homogeneous mixture. The rate of application
shall be at least 15 pounds per square yard but not greater than 20 pounds per square
yard.
Adjustment may be required during construction based on field conditions. The Engineer
will give final approval for all such adjustments.
5-09.3(4) Weather Limitations
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The slurry seal surface shall not be applied if either the pavement or air temperatures are
55 degrees F or below and falling, but may be applied when both the air and pavement
temperatures are 45 degrees F or above and rising. The mixture should not be applied if
high relative humidity prolongs curing beyond a reasonable time.
5-09.3(5) Traffic Control
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor is responsible for all Traffic Control. Suitable methods such as barricades,
flaggers, pilot cars, etc., shall be used to protect the uncured slurry surface from all types of
traffic. Any damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence to the uncured slurry will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Engineer shall give final approval to the traffic control
methods used.
5-09.3(6) Application of Slurry Surfaces
5-09.3(6)A General
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The surface may be pre-wetted by fogging ahead of the slurry box if required by local
conditions. Water used in pre-wetting the surface shall be applied at a rate so that the
entire surface is damp with no apparent flowing water in front of the slurry box. The slurry
mixture shall be of the desired consistency when deposited on the surface and no
additional elements shall be added. Total time of mixing shall not exceed 4 minutes. A
sufficient amount of slurry shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that
complete coverage is obtained. No lumping, balling or unmixed aggregate shall be
permitted. If the coarse aggregate settles to the bottom of the mix, the slurry will be
removed from the pavement. No excessive breaking of the emulsion will be allowed in the
spreader box. No streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate, will be left in the
finished pavement.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 5-58
5-09.3(6)B Joints
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Neither excessive build-up nor unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or
transverse joints.
5-09.3(6)C Hand Work
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Approved squeegees shall be used to spread slurry in areas not accessible to the slurry
mixer. Care shall be exercised so that no unsightly appearance results from handwork.
5-09.3(6)D Curing
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Treated areas will be allowed to cure until the Engineer permits their opening to traffic.
Rolling is normally not required on slurry surfaces. However, in areas of slow turning traffic
the paved surface should be rolled by a five-ton roller. The paved area should be
subjected to a minimum of five coverages. If a pneumatic roller is used, it should be
operated at a tire pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
5-09.3(6)E Protection of Existing Monuments and Utility Covers
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall protect all existing survey monuments and utility covers during the
resurfacing operation by placing a paper plate or similar material over them. Following the
resurfacing operation, paper plates or similar materials shall then be removed to leave the
monuments clean and exposed.
END OF DIVISION 5
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 6-1
DIVISION 6 Structures
6-02 Concrete Structures
6-02.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work shall consist of constructing cast-in-place cement concrete walls as shown on the
Plans.
6-07 PAINTING
6-07.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work shall consist of painting and applying painting systems to metal roadway
luminaires and metal luminaire parts.
6-07.2 Materials
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Paint materials shall comply with the requirements in Section 9-08 unless described in this
section.
The Contractor shall submit 3 samples of the color specified, textures, and gloss for
approval. Metal coupon samples shall be 3 inches by 5 inches. Paint color and paint
system shall be as shown in the following table for the following items:
Specification
Section Item Paint Color Paint system
9-29.6(1)A New Decorative Traffic Signal
Poles and Mast arms, Luminaire
Arms
RAL #9004
“Signal Black”
Polyester
TGIC Powder
Coating by
Tiger Drylac
(or approved
alternate))
9-29.10(2)New Decorative Roadway
Luminaires
RAL #9004
“Signal Black”
Polyester
TGIC Powder
Coating by
Tiger Drylac
(or approved
alternate)
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 6-2
All steel hardware components and materials shall be galvanized to meet ASTM 153
requirements.
6-07.3(10)H Paint System
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The paint system applied to new steel surfaces shall consist of the following five-coat
system:
Primer Stripe Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)F
Primer Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)F
Intermediate Stripe Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)G
Intermediate Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)G
Top Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)H
The powder coat system shall be factory primed and powder coat to a minimum of 3.0-mils
in accordance to the manufacturer’s recommendation and shall meet the following
performance requirements when performed at a minimum film thickness of 3.0 mils:
Property Specification Performance
Requirement
Salt Spray Resistance ASTM B117 Minimum required by
the Specification
Humidity Resistance ASTM D2247 Minimum required by
the Specification
Weatherability ASTM 336 Minimum required by
the Specification
Chemical and Solvent Resistance -Polyester family of
powder coatings shall
have a good
resistance to most
chemicals and
solvents except alkalis
and ketones.
Verification should be
made for each
chemical or solvent
proposed for use with
the coating.
The paint system shall be approved for exterior application and UV-resistant.
Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the
approved sample.
6-07.3(10)I Paint Color
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 6-3
Supplement this section with the following:
Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the
approved sample.
Prepare surfaces and touch-up damaged, missed and discolored areas to bring coating
system to full dry film thickness, in color and gloss matching that of adjacent coated areas.
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
6-07.3(15) Painting of Aluminum Surfaces
All aluminum items specified herein to be powder coated shall be factory primed and
powder coated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The paint color of aluminum surfaces shall be per 6-07.2
END OF DIVISION 6
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-1
DIVISION 7 Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary
Sewers, Water Mains and Conduits
7-01 Drains
7-01.2 Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the first two paragraphs after the list of materials with the following:
Non-perforated drainpipe shall be manufactured of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and shall meet
the requirements of Section 9-05.12 and perforated drain pipe shall be manufactured of
PVC and meet the requirements of Section 9-05.2(6). Trench drains shall be Polydrain
Part No. 420 with stainless steel grates Polydrain Part No. 440 or approved equivalent
placed on cement concrete Class 4000 per Section 6-02 (Concrete Structures).
7-01.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
PVC drain pipe shall be used to connect existing roof drains and downspouts to the
roadway drainage system. The amount of pipe shown in the proposal is approximate and
provided for bidding purposes only.
The trench drain shall be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall be
flush with the cement concrete surface to provide the proper surface drainage control. The
trench drain shall be connected to the nearest catch basin with drain pipe as shown on the
Plans.
7-04 Storm Sewers
7-04.2 Materials
(October 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the first paragraph and list of materials with the following:
Only the pipe materials listed below are approved for use on City storm sewer systems.
Materials shall be in accordance with all provisions of the following sections:
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pipe, SDR-35
9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid
Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and Solid Wall PVC
Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pipe, SDR-21
9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid
Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and Solid Wall PVC
Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pipe, C900
9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid
Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and Solid Wall PVC
Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Ductile Iron Pipe, Special Class 52,
Storm Pipe
9-05.13 (Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe)
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE)9-05.21 (High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE))
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-2
Polypropylene Culvert and Storm Sewer
Pipe
9-05.24(1) (Polypropylene Culvert Pipe and Storm
Sewer Pipe)
The laying length for PVC (SDR-35) shall not exceed 14 feet.
7-04.3 Construction Requirements
7-04.3(1)F Low Pressure Air Test for Storm Sewers Constructed of
Non Air-Permeable Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the test shows zero leakage after a five-minute test time, the Engineer has the authority
to accept and end the test immediately.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-04.3(1)G Television Inspection
All of the provisions of 7-17.3(2)H (Television Inspection) shall apply.
7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells
7-05.2 Materials
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Manholes shall be complete with frames and covers. All manhole frames and covers shall
be bolt-down and from East Jordan Iron Works: EJ product #00370781 (Eon #3715ZPT
Frame and #3705CPT Cover) for Sanitary Sewer and EJ product #00370782 (Eon
#3717ZPT Frame and #3705CPT Cover) for Storm Drainage, or approved equivalent.
Catch Basins shall be complete with frames and grates unless otherwise specified on the
Plans to be provided with solid metal covers or manhole frames and covers. Castings for
manhole frames shall be gray iron or ductile iron and covers and grates shall be ductile
iron. All storm sewer grates shall have the words “OUTFALL TO STREAMS, DUMP NO
POLLUTANTS” cast in place. Manhole and catch basin steps and handholds shall be
steel-reinforced copolymer polypropylene (ASTM D4101) with ½ inch steel reinforcing bar
(ASTM A615 Grade 60) and in conformance with ASTM C478.
The fabricator of all precast sanitary manholes shall seal them with Tamoseal Cement
Based Waterproof Finish or approved equivalent applied to all interior and exterior surfaces
in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The Contractor shall have
adequate product on hand to seal any field modifications to sanitary sewer manholes.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-3
7-05.2(1) Trash Racks
Trash racks shall be constructed in accordance with Section 6-02 (Concrete Structures), 6-
03 (Steel Structures), and as detailed in the Plans.
7-05.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All pipes entering or leaving new or existing manholes, catch basins or inlets shall be
placed on firmly compacted bedding, particularly within the area of the manhole excavation,
which normally is deeper than that of the pipe trench. Special care shall be taken to see
that the openings through which pipes or adapters penetrate the manhole are completely
and firmly rammed full of non-shrink grout to ensure water tightness.
Manhole adapters shall be provided when connecting PVC or Polyethylene pipes to any
new or existing manholes, catch basins or inlets. All manhole adapters for PVC and
Polyethylene pipe shall be of a style as required and manufactured for the specific
application with sufficient tangent at the ends to allow for proper joint connections. Field
fabricated manhole adapters will not be permitted. All manhole adapters must have
approval from the Engineer in writing before being installed.
See Section 2-09.3(3)D (Shoring and Cofferdams) for “Shoring or Extra Excavation Class
B” and Section 7-08 (General Pipe Installation Requirements) for foundation material and
imported bedding and backfill materials.
7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes & Catch Basins to Grade
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Manholes or catch basins shall not be adjusted to finish grade until the asphalt paving is
completed, at which time the center of each structure shall be carefully relocated from
references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a
restricted area and the base material removed to permit removal of the frame or ring. The
structure shall be adjusted to finish grade. Temporary access to manholes and catch
basins shall be provided as soon as practical after paving.
The frame or ring shall be placed on concrete blocks and/or wedged up to the desired
grade. When the Contract Plans call for rubberized adjustment risers, they shall be the
Infra-Riser manufactured by EJCO, or approved equivalent. The asphalt concrete
pavement shall be cut and removed, the dimensions of which shall be equal to the inside
dimensions of the opening plus 2 feet. The base materials and crushed rock shall be
removed and Class 3000 cement concrete shall be placed so that the entire volume of the
excavation is replaced to within, but not to exceed 6 inches of the finished pavement
surface. A quick setting admixture shall be added to the cement concrete backfill. Once
manholes or catch basins have been adjusted to finished grade and the cement concrete
backfill has cured (the day following placing the cement concrete), HMA Class ½-inch shall
be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller within 48 hours.
7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-4
Supplement this section with the following:
Where shown in the Plans, new storm drain lines shall be extended to connect to an
existing manhole. The pipe extension shall be the same diameter as the existing pipe.
Dissimilar pipes shall be joined per Section 7-08.3(2)G (Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe) of these
Special Provisions.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-05.3(5) Channels for Manholes
Channels for manholes shall be made to conform accurately to the sewer grade, and shall
be brought together smoothly with well-rounded junctions. Channel sides shall be carried
up vertically to the crown elevation of the various pipes, and the concrete shelf between
channels shall be smoothly finished and warped evenly with slopes to drain towards the
manhole outflow.
Channels for manholes shall be constructed with non-shrinking mortar. Mortar shall be
composed of approximately one part Type II Portland Cement, 1½ to 2 parts sand, and 2 to
3 fluid ounces of water-reducing retarder per sack of cement. Sand, cement, and water
shall be as specified for concrete. Water-reducing retarder shall meet ASTM C494
specification for chemical admixture for concrete.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-05.3(6) New Castings
Where new castings are indicated to be installed on existing structures in the Plans, the
Contractor shall furnish and install new castings of the type specified. Casting shall include
frame and grate, or ring and cover and new adjustment section(s) as necessary to set the
casting to final grade. Install to the finished grade as shown.
Salvaged castings shall be cleaned and delivered to the City of Auburn as specified in
Section 2-02.3(5) (Salvage).
7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements
7-08.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
This information shall cover the general requirements for installing culverts, storm sewers,
sanitary sewers, and water mains. The Contractor shall also follow all provisions of
Sections 7-02 (Culverts), 7-04 (Storm Sewers), 7-09 (Water Mains), 7-17 (Sanitary
Sewers), and 1-07.23 (Public Convenience and Safety) as it applies to the specific kind of
work. In case of conflicting specifications between Section 7-08 and 7-09, the specifications
of Section 7-09 shall take precedence for the installation of water mains and
appurtenances.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-5
7-08.2 Materials
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Imported bedding, backfill and foundation material shall meet the requirements of the
following sections:
Pipe Zone Bedding and Select Trench
Backfill
9-03.9(3) (Crushed Surfacing)
Pipe Foundation Material 9-03.10 (Aggregate for Gravel base)
Imported Pipe Trench Backfill 9-03.14(1) (Gravel Borrow)
Controlled Density Fill for Trench Backfill 2-09.3(1)E (Backfilling)
7-08.3 Construction Requirements
7-08.3(1) Excavation and Preparation of Trench
7-08.3(1)A Trenches
(April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
The second sentence of the third paragraph is deleted.
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the eighth paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
If any of the excavated (also referred to as native) material meets the specifications of
material listed in Section 7-08.2 (Materials), the Engineer may require that native material,
in the quantity required, be selectively removed, stockpiled separately, and used as pipe
zone bedding, foundation material, or trench backfill instead of the quantities of pipe zone
bedding, foundation material, or trench backfill respectively.
7-08.3(1)B Shoring
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Shoring shall meet the requirements of Section 2-09.3(3)D (Shoring and Cofferdams), the
Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and the Washington Industrial Safety and
Health Act of 1973 (WISHA), Chapter 296-155 WAC, and RCW Chapter 49.17, shall apply
to all excavation, trenching and ditching operations on this project. All trenches four (4) feet
and over in depth shall be shored in compliance with applicable Federal and State
regulations. Extra Excavation Class B will be allowed only with the approval of the
Engineer.
7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-6
The Contractor shall use neat, vertical full-depth saw cuts for trenching through existing
asphalt or cement concrete pavement surfaced areas.
All pipe shall be neatly cut using an approved mechanical cutter without causing damage to
the pipe.
7-08.3(2)G Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where new pipe is connected to existing pipe, the Contractor shall verify the type of
existing pipe and join pipes with a pipe adapter specifically manufactured for joining the
pipes involved.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(2)J Joining High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) Pipe
Sections of HDPE shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground.
The joining shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed in strict accordance with
the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining
procedures shall be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe
manufacturer, including but not limited to, temperature requirements of 400 degrees F,
alignment, and 75 psi interfacial fusion pressure.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(2)K Packaging, Handling, Storage High Density
Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) Pipe
The manufacturer shall package the pipe in a manner designed to deliver the pipe to the
project neatly, intact, and without physical damage. The transportation carrier shall use
appropriate methods and intermittent checks to insure the pipe is properly supported,
stacked, and restrained during transport such that the pipe is not nicked, gouged, or
physically damaged. Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue
scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking
shall be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. The handling
of the pipe shall be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp
objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.
Sections of pipe having been discovered with cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall
thickness of the pipe shall be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe
shall be rejoined using butt fusion joining method.
Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so as to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting
fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers must be avoided. Nylon slings are
preferred. Spreader bars are recommended when lifting long fused sections. Care must
be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-7
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(2)L Dewatering Trenches
Where water is encountered in the trench, it shall be removed during pipe-laying operations
and the trench so maintained until the ends of the pipe are sealed and provisions are made
to prevent floating of the pipe. Trench water or other deleterious materials shall not be
allowed to enter the pipe at any time.
“Normal Trench Dewatering” is defined as dewatering methods occurring in, or directly
adjacent to, the trench, including trash pumps, sump pumps, or other methods in the
excavated areas. “Normal Trench Dewatering” does not include a dewatering system such
as well points, well screens, or deep wells. All “Normal Trench Dewatering” work associated
with maintaining a trench suitable for pipeline construction will be included in the cost of the
pipes or other facilities being installed.
Where groundwater cannot be removed using “Normal Trench Dewatering” methods, the
Contractor shall provide a dewatering system that will be used to lower the water table 2
feet below the depth of excavation. See Section 8-05 (Dewatering System) for dewatering
system requirements. The dewatering plan must be received 10 calendar days prior to
dewatering operations and approved by the Engineer before underground utility installation
begins.
7-08.3(3) Backfilling
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Engineer may require “Controlled Density Fill” where uniform compaction around other
utilities, foundations or other fixed objects is not possible.
7-08.3(4) Plugging Existing Pipe
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
All existing sanitary sewer, storm, and drain pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned
and plugged, shall be plugged on the inlet and outlet ends for a distance of three times the
diameter with Class 3000 cement concrete. Care shall be used in placing the concrete in
the pipe to ensure that the openings are completely filled and thoroughly plugged.
All existing water pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned and plugged, shall be
plugged on the ends with Mechanical Joint plugs.
All existing sanitary sewer, storm, and water pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned
and filled, shall be filled with concrete that has a compressive strength of 1,500 psi or less
for the entire length of pipe specified.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-8
The Contractor shall seal abandoned or filled pipe connections at manholes or catch basins
with Class 3000 cement concrete and grout to provide a smooth, watertight seal.
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(5) Pipe Trench Restoration
Trenches excavated as part of a new street construction shall be completed to subgrade
before placing surfacing materials and sidewalks. Final restoration will be completed with
the street surfacing.
In existing streets, sidewalks and other native or landscaped areas, the restoration shall be
to a minimum of the existing adjacent surfaces. Asphalt and cement concrete pavement,
sidewalks, etc., shall be replaced upon a firm unyielding base to match existing surface
thickness. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the minimum asphalt concrete pavement
replacement section shall be 2 inches thick.
7-09 Water Mains
7-09.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall also follow the requirements of Section 7-08 (General Pipe Installation
Requirements). In case of conflicting specifications between Section 7-08 and 7-09, the
specifications of Section 7-09 shall take precedence for the installation of water mains and
appurtenances.
7-09.2 Materials
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete ‘Aggregates’ and the reference sections pertaining to Foundation Material, Gravel
Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding, Pipe Zone Bedding, and Trench backfill, from the list in the
first paragraph.
Supplement this section with the following:
Ductile Iron Pipe per Section 9-30.1(1) with Ductile Iron Fittings per Section 9-30.2(1) shall
be the only pipe and fitting materials allowed for water systems owned by the City of
Auburn.
7-09.3(10) Backfilling Trenches
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Water mains shall be installed with 42-inch minimum finished pipe cover, unless the
Engineer determines less cover is adequate where existing facilities, not to be relocated,
might interfere with the pipe laying operation.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-9
7-09.3(13) Handling of Pipe
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Strict adherence to the requirements preventing debris from entering the pipe will be
required, including plugging of pipe during transport, storage, and placement. If, in the
opinion of the Engineer, any pipe or fitting has been installed with dirt, foreign material, or
diesel residue in it, it shall be removed, cleaned, and re-laid at Contractor expense.
7-09.3(19) Connections
7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall field verify all existing piping, dimensions, and elevations to ensure
proper fit prior to any connections being made to existing mains.
7-09.3(19)B Maintaining Service
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Water main shut-offs shall be in accordance with Section 1-07.17(1) (Disruption to City
Water Services).
7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where trench conditions are such that thrust restraint is not accomplishable with concrete,
the Contractor shall provide restrained joints in accordance with Section 9-30.2(6)
(Restrained Joints) to replace or supplement concrete blocking or anchors. Supplement
and replacement restrained joints shall be provided as recommended by the manufacturer
and approved by the Engineer.
7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Add the following sentence at the beginning of the first paragraph:
Hydrostatic tests shall be made on all new pipeline in accordance with the applicable
portions of this Standard Specification and ANSI/AWWA C600, except as modified in this
document.
Add the following sentence between the first and second sentence of the first paragraph:
Test pressures shall not exceed the rated pressure of the valves when the pressure
boundary of the test section includes closed, resilient-seated gate valves or butterfly valves.
Add the following sentence at the end of the second paragraph:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-10
Sections of pipe between valves shall be pressure tested immediately upon completion of
each section. Each section shall be immediately backfilled upon the Engineer approving
the hydrostatic pressure test results.
7-09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains
(December 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The City will take bacteriological test samples. If no appropriate appurtenance is available,
the Contractor may be required to install corporation stops in the main at all locations
required to take bacteriological test samples. If original test samples prove unsatisfactory,
a charge of $100.00 will be made for processing each additional sample.
7-09.3(24)J Preventing Reverse Flow
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Prior to beginning the water main installation, the Contractor shall prepare a Prevention of
Reverse Flow Plan per Section 1-06 (Control of Material), showing the intended method, in
detail, which will be incorporated to insure the prevention of reverse flows from entering the
existing distribution system. The plan shall meet the requirement of WAC 246-902-490.
The Contractor shall consider this plan as a submittal, and submit it per the specifications in
Section 9-38 (Submittal Approval). The Engineer must approve this plan prior to the
Contractor starting work on the water main.
7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Accomplish line flushing in accordance with the latest provisions of AWWA C601. Flush all
dead end mains with a temporary blow off. The Contractor is responsible for disposal of
water flushed from the line. An approved bacteriological test is required before connection
to the existing system. The City will measure water consumed for flushing.
The Contractor shall submit a de-chlorination plan per Section 1-06 (Control of Material)
indicating how chlorine concentration and pH adjustment will be achieved per this Section.
All costs to submit the plan shall be included in the unit contract price per linear foot of pipe.
(July 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following section:
7-09.3(25) Pipe Casing
Steel casing pipe shall meet ASTM A-53, having a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi
and a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Minimum wall thicknesses for casing diameter
14” shall be 0.25”. All joints shall be welded. Provide shop applied polyamide epoxy-coal tar
anticorrosive coating on casing exterior conforming to AWWA C210. Minimum coating
thickness of 16 mils dry film thickness (DFT), do not exceed manufacturer’s maximum
thickness. A ductile iron casing meeting the requirements of water pipe may be used in lieu
of steel.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-11
The carrier pipe shall be installed with casing spacers as shown on the plans. Spacers shall
be designed for center restraint and provide a maximum space of 1-inch between the upper
runners and the inside of the steel casing. The spacers shall prevent the pipe bells from
touching the inside of the casing. Metal components of casing spacers shall be Type 304
(18-8) 14-gauge (minimum) stainless steel. The liner shall be neoprene rubber or PVC, and
the runners shall be polyethylene.
Where casing spacers must be custom designed to account for a specific grade of the
carrier pipe inside the casing, submittals must be provided which include drawings and
dimensions for each of the casing spacers and the respective location of each of the
spacers relative to the casing and carrier pipe.
Casing end seals shall be 1/8-inch thick synthetic rubber, pull on type, with stainless steel
bands and clamps.
7-12 Valves for Water Mains
7-12.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-12.3(2) Adjust Valve Boxes
The Contractor shall adjust water valve boxes to finish grade as specified in the Plans and
in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Details. Water valve boxes shall
be accessible at all times.
Valve boxes shall not be adjusted to finish grade until the asphalt paving is completed, at
which time, each valve box shall be carefully relocated from references previously
established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and the base
material removed to permit adjustment.
The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed and Class 3000 cement concrete
shall be placed so that the entire volume of the excavation is replaced to within, but not to
exceed 6 inches of the finished pavement surface. A quick setting admixture shall be added
to the cement concrete backfill. Once the valve boxes have been adjusted to finished grade
and the cement concrete backfill has cured (the day following placing the cement concrete),
HMA Class ½-inch shall be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller
within 48 hours.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-12.3(3) Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly
“Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly” shall be constructed at locations
shown on the Plans and shall be a minimum of 1 inch diameter in accordance with the
applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail(s).
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-12
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-12.3(4) Valve Wrench Extension Box
The Contractor shall furnish and install valve wrench extension boxes where the valve nut
will exceed 48 inches below the top of the finished valve box and finish grade, where
shown on the Plans, in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail(s) for
deep buried valves.
7-14 Hydrants
7-14.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
A type 2BB Blue Raised Pavement Marker(s) is required at each hydrant location. Location
of the blue marker shall be 1-foot offset of centerline in the direction of the hydrant at each
hydrant location. Hydrants located within 50-feet of the curb face of an intersection shall be
marked on both streets. The reflective surfaces of the raised pavement markers shall be
perpendicular to the flow of traffic. The Raised Pavement Markers shall be installed in
accordance with Section 8-09 (Raised Pavement Markers).
7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Where shown in the Plans, the “Hydrant Assembly” shall be installed perpendicular to the
supply main. A 6-inch resilient-wedge gate valve with valve box in accordance with Section
7-12 (Valves for Water Mains) shall be installed on each hydrant supply line.
All hydrants shall be inspected upon delivery in the field to ensure proper working order.
After installation, fire hydrants, auxiliary gate valves, and other appurtenances thereto shall
be subjected to a hydrostatic test and disinfection procedures as specified in Section 7-09
(Water Mains).
After installation each hydrant shall receive 2 field-coats of paint. The first coat shall be
Formula B-1-57 iron oxide, and the second coat shall be Safety Yellow Enamel conforming
to Federal Specification TT-E-489C Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss, Federal Color No. 1063. The
outside surface below the ground shall be coated with asphalt varnish.
During the chlorination process for the newly laid pipe, all valves associated with each
hydrant assembly shall be operated while the pipeline is filled with the chlorinating agent
and under normal operating pressure.
Any hydrant not in service shall be identified by covering with a burlap or plastic bag
properly secured.
7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-13
Existing hydrants shall be moved where shown in the Plans. Moving existing hydrants shall
include removal of all component parts from the water main to the hydrant.
The Contractor shall provide and install the following new components at the new hydrant
location shown on the Plans:
Special Class 52 Ductile Iron pipe;
6 inch tee or tapping tee and gate valve with box;
Restraint system;
Blocking.
7-15 Service Connections
7-15.2 Materials
(September 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the reference to Service pipe from the list of materials and replace with the
following:
Service Pipe & Tail Piece 9-30.6(3)A (Copper Tubing),
9-30.6(3)B (Polyethylene Tubing)
All water service materials shall be low lead brass CDA89833 or CDA89520, and shall
meet ANSI/AWWA C800 and NSF 61 Annex G maximum lead requirements.
7-15.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Water service connections shall be installed where shown on the drawings in accordance
with these documents and the applicable Standard Details. Multiple service connections to
the same main must be made with a 2 foot minimum separation at the main and be
staggered horizontally, so that adjacent services are at differing elevations along the pipe.
Meter box and water meters shall not be placed in locations which are subjected to
vehicular traffic (including driveways, etc.) unless approved by the Engineer and a traffic
bearing meter box is provided. Tail pieces (that portion of the service line between the
meter and the property line) shall be furnished and installed and shall be of the same
material and size as the service line. Connection of the tail piece to the service line from
the building shall be made with compression couplings or capped as appropriate. Service
pipes shall be installed without joints from the water main to the curb valve near or within
the meter box. Tailpieces shall also be installed without joints from the water meter outlet
to its termination (18 inches minimum beyond the meter but not beyond the right-of-way
line). The existing ¾-inch water meter shall be reinstalled to the new meter setter once the
new 1-inch service line, meter setter, and tailpiece, have been installed and the new meter
box has been adjusted to grade.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-14
All new materials (service line, meter setter, tailpiece, and meter box) shall be used for
water meter relocations. Materials shall match existing size unless otherwise shown on the
Plans.
When removing existing meters, the Contractor shall protect all automated meter reading
equipment including radios, receivers/transmitters, and other equipment. The removed
meters/equipment will be stored in such a manner to prevent damage to the equipment.
The Contractor will request and complete training from City staff on proper measures and
techniques required to protect the equipment prior to removing any equipped meters.
7-17 Sanitary Sewers
7-17.2 Materials
October 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Only the pipe materials listed below are approved for use on City sanitary sewer systems.
Materials shall be in accordance with following Sections:
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe,
SDR-35
9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, SDR-21 9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe,
C900
9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Ductile Iron, Special Class 50 9-05.13 (Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe)
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE)9-05.23 (High Density Polyethylene Pipe
(HDPE))
The laying length for PVC (SDR-35) shall not exceed 14 feet.
7-17.3 Construction Requirements
7-17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewage Facilities
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Connections to the existing system shall be plugged during the entire period of sewer
construction to prevent dirt, water, and debris from entering the existing system
7-17.3(2) Cleaning and Testing
7-17.3(2)A General
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-15
Sewers and appurtenances, where required in the Plans, shall be cleaned and tested after
backfilling by the low pressure air method except if the Engineer approves hydrostatic
testing of short sections of small diameter pipe.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall have all sewer lines inspected by the use of a
television camera per Section 7-17.3(2)H (Television Inspection). Manholes and other
structures shall be cleaned and tested per Section 7-07 (Cleaning Existing Drainage
Structures).
Special sealants shall not be used to seal leaks and the use of any such materials will be
cause for rejection of the sewer lines.
7-17.3(2)C Infiltration Test
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the second sentence of the second paragraph to read:
“Maximum leakage (in gallons per hour)” = 0.16 x √H x D x L
√6 100
7-17.3(2)F Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers Constructed
of Non Air-Permeable Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the test shows zero leakage after a five minute test time, the Engineer has the authority
to accept and end the test immediately.
Cleaning and testing of pipes and structures shall be included in the unit contract prices for
those items installed.
7-17.3(2)H Television Inspection
(May 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible for having all sewer lines installed by the Contractor
inspected by City approved private inspection services that includes the use of a television
camera. An approved list of inspection services may be obtained from the Engineer.
After completion of the following, authorization from the City shall be required before the
Contractor can perform the initial television camera work:
1. The acceptable placement of applicable pipe, ballast, bedding, and backfill
material.
2. The acceptable completion of all applicable channels and grout work.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-16
3. The acceptable debris removal, cleaning, and flushing of all applicable pipes
and structures.
The television inspection requirements shall include the provisions of:
1. The television camera shall be a pan and tilt camera system specifically
designed and constructed for sewer environments.
2. A dye solution to be introduced in sufficient quantity to travel from the
structure that is the highest point of inspection to the downstream terminus
of the inspection limits. Red or purple dye shall be used for PVC pipe and
green dye for ductile iron and concrete pipe.
3. A one-inch reference ball to be mounted to the camera in order to drag along
the bottom of the pipe during the entire inspection procedure.
4. Linear measure references to be measured from the center of the beginning
structure to the center of the next inline structure and include the direction of
flow. The locations of lateral pipes and all distinctive pipe conditions shall be
referenced to the centerline of the beginning structure. All structure
references shall utilize the designated structure reference numbers shown
on the Plans.
The following television inspection information shall be provided to the City:
1. A clear color DVD or USB Flash Drive which encompasses the limits of the
inspection area and including all reference data as described herein. The
recorded reference time and date for the start of each run shall also be
indicated.
2. A written report shall be provided corresponding to the recorded inspection
and including all reference data as described herein. The report shall
consist of a written narrative of all distinctive pipe conditions including
ponding areas in excess of ¼ inch.
7-18 Side Sewers
7-18.3 Construction Requirements
7-18.3(1) General
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All joints shall be approved rubber-gasket joints except the joint between the new and
existing pipe that shall be made with approved flexible transition couplings. Side sewers
shall be installed to a minimum slope of two percent or as shown on the Plans unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer and shall be 6-inches diameter from the street sewer to
the private property line.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 7-17
Existing side sewers to be connected shall be trimmed to the limit of the right-of-way except
where otherwise shown on the Plans and connected to the new sewer with PVC SDR-35
with a diameter to match the existing side sewer or 6 inches, whichever is greater.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP).
The third paragraph is replaced with the following:
No joint deflections shall be allowed on side sewers. No horizontal bends shall be allowed
in the right-of-way. Vertical bends require Engineer approval.
7-18.3(2) Fittings
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Side sewers shall be connected (where shown on the Plans), using approved sewer saddle
tees. Quantities of tees will vary depending upon conditions encountered.
7-18.3(3) Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
During construction in areas with more than one side sewer per structure, the Contractor
shall test each connected structure to verify which side sewer is used by that structure.
The test shall involve flushing every toilet or running every sink or tub on each floor of each
structure and directly observing which side sewer the effluent discharges from. Only these
side sewers shall be connected. All others are to be abandoned in place per Section 7-
08.3(4) (Plugging Existing Pipe).
The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all City customers originally connected to
the sanitary sewer conveyance line are connected to the new sanitary sewer conveyance
line. Prior to project completion the Contractor shall document to the City that all City
customers have had their services re-established.
All pipes for side sewer and sewer stubs (pipes not ending in a manhole) shall be
adequately plugged or capped.
7-19 Sewer Cleanouts
7-19.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Sewer cleanouts shall be installed as indicated in the applicable Standard Details.
END OF DIVISION 7
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-1
Division 8 Miscellaneous Construction
8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control
8-01.3 Construction Requirements
(February 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Construction Stormwater General
Permit (CSWGP), when the Contract is covered by a CSWGP. When the Contract does not
identify CSWGP coverage, then the requirements identified in this section, that would only
be required in the event of permit coverage, are not applicable. All other requirements
identified in this section are applicable regardless if the Contract has a CSWGP or not.
8-01.3(1)A Submittals
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor’s TESC plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval per Section 9-
38 (Submittal Approval) prior to beginning construction.
The TESC plan shall also cover dewatering and the Contractor’s proposed method of
treating and disposing of dewatering effluent and other impacts of caused by dewatering
activities.
Modifications to the temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) Plans included in the
Contract Plans, shall meet all requirements of the City of Auburn Surface Water
Management Manual (SWMM).
Prior to beginning any concrete or grinding work, the Contractor shall submit a plan, for the
Engineer’s review and approval, outlining the procedures to be used to prevent high pH
stormwater or dewatering water from entering surface waters. The plan shall include how
the pH of the water will be maintained between pH 6.5 and pH 8.5 prior to being discharged
from the project or entering surface waters.
The Contractor shall allow at least 5-working days for the Engineer to review any original or
revised TESC Plan. Failure to approve all or part of any such Plan shall not make the
Contracting Agency liable to the Contractor for any Work delays.
8-01.3(1)C Water Management
8-01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water
(September 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
When uncontaminated groundwater is encountered in an excavation on a project, when
approved by the Engineer, it may be infiltrated within vegetated areas of the right of way
not designated as Sensitive Areas or incorporated into an existing stormwater conveyance
system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in any receiving surface water.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-2
(November 2019D City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-01.3(1)F SWPPP Preparation and General Permit Compliance
The Contractor shall prepare a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, (SWPPP), to
address the Contractors means and methods of completing the work and to comply with
both the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) and the City’s Surface Water
Management Manual (SWMM). The resulting document is the Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
The Contractor shall prepare and submit the SWPPP for City approval per Section 9-38
(Submittal Approval). Approval of the SWPPP document is required prior to the beginning
of any ground disturbing activities. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 5 working days
for the Engineer’s review of the SWPPP. Failure to approve all or part of any such plan
shall not make the Contracting Agency liable to the Contractor for any work delays.
The Contractor shall use, implement, modify, and document the approved SWPPP in
compliance with the CSWGP. This work shall include, but is not be limited to, the following:
Preparing, revising, maintaining the SWPPP in compliance with the CSWGP;
Designing and planning, sediment control/erosion control measures, (BMPs),
needed to meet CSWGP requirements;
Planning, performing and reporting of storm water monitoring;
Preparing and maintaining documentation required by the CSWGP.
During construction, the Contractor shall modify the SWPPP to address specific site
conditions. The SWPPP and Contractor’s revisions shall consist of the Contractor’s
complete strategy to meet the requirements of the CSWGP. The Contactor shall include
and modify as necessary the erosion control measures provided in the Contract Plans. The
Contractor shall review and modify the SWPPP as necessary to be consistent with the
actual work schedule, sequencing, and construction methods that will be used on the
project. The SWPPP and revisions shall meet the requirements of the CSWGP. The
Contractor shall provide and maintain on-site the standby equipment and materials to
comply with the CSWGP.
The SWPPP, including any Contractor revisions, shall document all the erosion and
sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs) proposed, whether permanent or
temporary. The plan shall document installation procedures, materials, scheduling, and
maintenance procedures for each erosion and sediment control BMP.
In addition, the SWPPP shall outline the procedures to be used to prevent high pH
stormwater or dewatering water from entering surface waters of the state. The plan shall
include how the pH of the water will be maintained in compliance with the CSWGP prior to
being discharged from the project or entering surface waters.
SWPPP Contents
The SWPPP shall include narrative(s) and site plan(s) that address the following as
applicable to the Work:
Clearing Limits
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-3
Establishment of Construction Access
Flow Rate Controls
Sediment Controls
Soil Stabilization
Slope Protection
Drain Inlet Protection
Channels and Outlets Stabilization
Pollutant Controls
De-watering Control
Maintenance of Best Management Practices
Project Management
Protection of Low Impact Development Best Management Practices
The SWPPP will indicate discharge monitoring locations that shall also be clearly marked in
the field by the Contractor. The SWPPP will indicate the Contractor’s process for
controlling, monitoring, and reporting of turbidity and pH in discharges.
On-Site Documentation
The Contractor shall collect, prepare, compile, and maintain hardcopies of the following
documents on-site at all times while work is underway and shall make them available in
accordance with the CSWGP requirements:
1. Bound notebook #1 with a cover labeled “SWPPP Documents”, with the following
contents separated by labeled tabbed dividers:
Permit Coverage Letter
Construction Stormwater General Permit
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Erosion Control Plan
2. Bound notebook #2 with a cover labeled “SWPPP Site Log Book”, with the following
contents separated by tabbed dividers:
3. Erosion inspection reports.
4. SWPPP Modifications
5. Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMR)
6. Spill Reports
Stormwater Monitoring Requirements
The Contractor shall conduct monitoring of discharges of stormwater runoff for comparisons
to benchmark values for turbidity and pH as described in the CSWGP. The Contractor shall
provide weekly stormwater monitoring of the project stormwater discharge locations for
turbidity and pH as required in the CSWGP. The Contractor shall establish specific project
sampling locations for sampling and monitoring at each discharge location to determine
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-4
background, outfall, and downstream water quality conditions and provide these locations
on a map to be included in the SWPPP for approval.
The Contractor shall establish procedures that adapt to unanticipated events such as
severe storms, schedule adjustments, modified construction techniques, etc. to be included
in the SWPPP. Contractor shall submit any modifications to the procedures to the
Engineer for approval.
Contractor shall calibrate equipment according to manufacturers’ recommendations and
according to their specified schedule. If data appears suspect, the Contractor shall perform
additional calibrations immediately.
The Contractor shall complete all online reporting as required by the CSWGP.
Turbidity and pH Exceedances
Following any exceedances of the turbidity or pH benchmarks, the Contractor shall provide
the following at no additional cost to the Contracting agency:
1. The necessary SWPPP revisions and on-site measures/revisions including
additional source control, BMP maintenance, and/or additional stormwater
treatment BMPs that are necessary to prevent continued exceedance of
turbidly and/or pH benchmarks.
2. The regulatory notification to the Dept of Ecology and to the Engineer of any
monitoring results requiring regulatory notification.
3. The additional daily sampling and reporting measures described in the
CSWGP to verify when project site runoff is in compliance.
At no cost to the City, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying any fines levied
against the City for any failure by the Contractor to comply with the permit requirements as
listed in these specifications and as indicated in the permit(s) included in the Appendix to
these Special Provisions.
8-01.3(2) Temporary Seeding and Mulching
8-01.3(2)B Temporary Seeding
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Seeding:
The following composition, proportion, and quality of grass seed shall be applied at the rate
of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet on all areas requiring roadside seeding (noted
“hydroseed” on the Plans) within the project:
Kind and Variety of Seed
in Mixture
Percent by
Weight
Minimum Percent
Pure Seed
Minimum Percent
Germination
Colonial Bentgrass
(Highland or Astoria)
10%9.8%85%
Red Fescue (Illahee,
Rainier, or Pennlawn)
40%39.20%90%
English Perennial Rye 50%29.40%90%
Weed Seed (maximum %)0.50%
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-5
Inert and Other Crops
(minimum %)
1.50%
TOTAL
100.00%
Fertilizer:
The Contractor shall submit three samples of existing soil in the project area, and one of
each specified type of topsoil to a soil laboratory for testing to determine
fertilizer/amendment composition. Results shall be submitted to the Engineer and fertilizer
and soil amendment formulation and application rates will be based on the laboratory
recommendations. However, the minimum fertilizers requirements are as follows:
Total Nitrogen as N-3 1.5 pound per 1,000 square feet;
Available Phosphoric Acid as P2O5-1 2 pounds per 1,000 square feet;
Soluble Potash as K2O-2 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet;
1 pound of nitrogen applied per 1,000 square feet shall be derived from ureaform or
ureaformaldehyde. The remainder may be derived from any source.
The fertilizer formulation and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer before use.
8-01.3(2)E Tackifiers
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The moderate-term mulch soil binder for hydroseeding shall be a bonded fiber matrix with
integral tackifier specifically manufactured for hydroseeding applications and erosion
control. The moderate-term mulch shall be dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual
metering of application of the materials. The moderate-term mulch shall be ‘ECO-AEGIS’
as manufactured by Canfor, or approved alternate.
8-02 Roadside Restoration
8-02.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work also involves any minor repair or replacement work to restore roadside features
the Engineer discovers during construction.
8-02.3 Construction Requirements
8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Landscape construction is anticipated to begin after all curbs, sidewalks, rockeries, utilities,
and associated roadside work is completed.
The Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free of excess soils, plants, and other
materials, including refuse and debris, resulting from his work throughout the planting
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-6
operation. The Contractor shall maintain continuous pedestrian access and shall not
stockpile materials or park equipment in any manner that may create hazards or obstacles
to this access. At the end of each workday, and as each planting area is completed, it shall
be neatly dressed and all surrounding walks and paved areas shall be cleaned to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
Cleaning by flushing into sewers will not be allowed. The Contractor shall remove surplus
soils, materials, and debris from the construction site and shall leave the project in a clean
condition at the conclusion of the work.
8-02.3(4) Topsoil
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Topsoil shall be used to restore any landscape beds or planter areas disturbed by the
Work.
8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Topsoil Type A is to be used for all planting and seeding areas and shall be tested in an
independent, certified soil testing lab to determine need for fertilizers, or amendments, or
both, based on its intended use. The topsoil shall be modified according to the soil testing
laboratory recommendations at no additional cost to the City.
8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Native as used in this context shall mean naturally occurring material.
8-02.3(5) Roadside Seeding, Lawn and Planting Area Preparation
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Upon approval of the subgrades by the engineer, a topsoil layer shall be placed with a
minimum organic matter content of 10% dry weight in planting beds, and 5% organic matter
content in lawn sod areas, and a pH from 6.0 to 8.0 or matching the pH of the adjacent
undisturbed soil. The topsoil layer hall have a minimum depth of 8 inches, except where
tree roots limit the depth of incorporation of amendments needed to meet the criteria. The
subsoils below the topsoil layer shall be cultivated to a depth of 4 inches with some
incorporation of the upper material to avoid stratified layers, where feasible. Cultivation of
the soil shall be done by a method approved by the Engineer. This operation should be
done at right angles to the natural flow of water on slopes. Remove rocks, roots, clods,
stumps and debris over 2 inches in diameter. Lightly compact soil and establish a smooth
and uniform finished grade that protects against obstruction to surface drainage and
ponding. For bark mulched shrub and groundcover beds, finish grade prior to placement of
bark shall be 2 inches below top of adjacent finish grade.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-7
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-02.3(5)D Root Control Barrier
Root control material shall be CP-Series Root Barrier Panels as manufactured by Century
Root Barrier, Universal Guide as manufactured by Deep Root, or Dual Purpose Panels as
manufactured by Villa Root Barriers or approved alternate.
Install continuous section of root control material in all tree planting areas as shown on the
Plans. Backfill with topsoil material being careful not to damage or displace root control
material.
8-02.3(6) Mulch and Amendments
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
GroCo (GroCo Inc. tel. 206-622-5141), Tagro (City of Tacoma Tel. 253-502-2150), or
Cedar Grove Compost shall be mixed with native topsoil to produce a 75/25 mix ratio
(topsoil 75 percent and amendment 25 percent).
8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting, Lawn and Seeding Areas
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor is responsible for determining required quantities of plant material to
complete the landscape plan as shown.
It is anticipated that some minor arranging of plant material will be necessary during the
progress of work.
From the centerline of the first row of shrubs or ground covers to the edge of the planting
bed shall be ½ the typical dimension shown on the Plans and details.
Plant trees a minimum of 3 feet from curbs and sidewalks when the space is available;
otherwise they shall be centered in the available space. Trees in tree wells shall be
centered within the tree grate and frame.
8-02.3(8) Planting
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Plant trees and shrubs in planting pits and install tree frames and grates as detailed on
Plans.
Do not over excavate planting pit depth, however, over excavation of planting pit width is
desirable.
Trees shall be handled by the rootball, not by the trunk. Burlap and wire shall remain intact
until trees are set in their positions within each planting pit. Remove all wire, twine, and
burlap from the top third of the rootball before backfilling. Plant trees and shrubs upright,
rotating them to give the best placement to adjacent plants, topography, and structures.
Hold plant rigidly in position until topsoil has been backfilled and tamped firmly around the
ball or roots.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-8
When the planting pit is backfilled halfway, place the specified quantity of fertilizer plant
tablets and stakes, if necessary, as shown on the Plans. Evenly space the fertilizer tablets
around the perimeter of and immediately adjacent to the root system. Carefully place,
water, and compact planting topsoil filling all voids. Do not injure the root system.
When the planting pit is three-quarters (3/4) backfilled, fill with water and allow it to soak
away. Fill pits with additional topsoil and continue backfilling as detailed on Plans. Ground
bark shall be placed over all tree-planting saucers to a compact depth of 2 inches. Water
trees immediately after planting.
The root systems of all bare root plant material shall be dipped in a slurry of silt and water
immediately prior to planting.
8-02.3(9) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Trees, shrubs, and groundcover shall be fertilized as follows:
Formula 4-2-2 “Transplanter” as manufactured by Pacific Agro Co., with Hercules nitroform
and W.R. Grace’s “Magamp” and trace elements. Apply at a rate of:
Trees 8 ounces
Shrubs 2 ounces
Groundcover 1 ounce
Agriform Tablets: Planting tablets, 21-ram size, as manufactured by Agriform International
Chemicals, Inc., 20-10-5 analysis. Apply at a rate of:
Trees 4 tablets for every foot of rootball diameter
Shrubs 3 tablets
Groundcover 1 tablet
8-02.3(10) Lawn Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Except in areas where the Plans specify hydro-seed, lawn seeding will not be permitted on
this project. “Lawn Sod” per Section 9-14.6(8) (Sod) shall be laid smoothly in place in
accordance with the typical section(s) in the Plans.
Prior to installing “Lawn Sod” all dry soil shall be moistened by sprinkling with water. On
sloped areas, the sod shall be laid with the long dimension parallel to the toe or top of
slope. The “Lawn Sod” shall be rolled and heavily watered by sprinkler after placement.
8-02.3(10)C Lawn Establishment
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The lawn establishment period may be extended or shortened by the Engineer based on
the Engineer’s opinion of whether or not the lawn has been established. Physical
Completion and Final Acceptance will not be allowed until after the lawn establishment
period has ended.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-9
Lawn establishment requirements outside the City of Auburn right of way shall be subject to
the applicable agreements, easements, and permit conditions for the property on which
they are associated.
8-02.3(10)D Lawn Mowing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Lawn mowing beyond the mowing required during the lawn establishment period shall only
be required when indicated in the Plans. Lawn mowing will not be required beyond the
Physical Completion and Final Acceptance of the project.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-02.3(10)E Fertilizer for Sodded Area
Prior to placing sod, a 10-2-10 fertilizer shall be rototilled into the top 3 inches of the soil at
a rate of 4 pounds of available nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.
8-02.3(11) Mulch
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Ground bark shall be placed over all planting beds and over all tree-planting saucers to a
compact depth of 2 inches. Ground bark shall be placed around existing trees and bushes
disturbed by construction to a compact depth of 2 inches. Thoroughly water and hose
down plants with a fine spray to wash the leaves of the plants immediately after bark
application.
8-02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Upon completion of the initial planting and per the request of the Contractor the Engineer
will make an inspection of all plant material and notify the Contractor, in writing, of any
replacements or corrective action necessary to meet the Contract Document requirements.
The Contractor shall replace all materials requested or missing and correct unsatisfactory
conditions within 15 working days. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with written
notification when the initial planting is accepted; at which time the plant establishment
period shall begin.
Completion of initial planting includes the following:
1. Installation of root control barriers and watering systems for trees.
2. Installation of all required planting materials (trees, shrubs, and
groundcovers).
3. Planting area cleanup.
4. Full operation of the irrigation system, complete bark mulch coverage, and
all planting areas in a weed-free condition.
5. Approval of Plant Establishment Plan.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-10
8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment
(May 2018D, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Plant establishment requirements outside the City of Auburn right of way shall be subject to
the applicable agreements, easements, and permit conditions for the property on which
they are associated.
The plant establishment period may be extended or shortened by the Engineer based on
the Engineer’s opinion of whether or not the plantings have been adequately established.
Physical Completion and Final Acceptance will not be allowed until after the plant
establishment period has begun. The Plant Establishment period may occur during the
contract Guarantee Period specified in Section 1-05.10.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The second, third, and fourth paragraphs are replaced with the following:
The plant establishment period shall begin immediately upon written notification from the
Engineer of the completion of the initial planting for the project. The Contractor shall
maintain all plant materials for a period of 1-year after the Plant Establishment period has
begun. During this period, the Contractor shall maintain a healthy growing condition for all
plant materials and water, prune, spray, weed, and perform other necessary maintenance
operations. Planting beds shall be kept free of all weeds, grass and other undesirable
vegetation. Plants shall be inspected by the Contractor at least monthly from October 1st to
April 30th and at least once a week from May 1st to September 30th and maintenance
performed promptly. Dead or impaired plants shall be promptly replaced during the
planting season specified in Section 8-02.3(8) and all soil ridges shall be removed from
around the watering basins before the end of the maintenance period. At the determination
of the Engineer, replacement plants may require an additional acceptance and
establishment period.
After completion of the landscape establishment period, the Contractor shall request an
inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall correct all conditions unsatisfactory to the
Engineer within a 10-day period, weather permitting, immediately following the inspection.
8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Completion of the Plant Establishment period will be certified, in writing, by the Engineer.
8-03 Irrigation Systems
8-03.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work also consists of the replacement and/or repair of existing irrigation systems.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-11
8-03.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Irrigation conduit shall be PVC pipe and be in accordance with Section 9-15.1(2) (Polyvinyl
Chloride Pipe and Fittings).
8-03.3(2) Excavation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Backfilling shall be done when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or
pressure. Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short
time before backfilling, or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of
the day.
8-03.3(3) Piping
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Due to the nature of PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor shall exercise care in handling,
loading, unloading and storing to avoid damage. The pipe and fittings shall be stored under
cover and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of
pipe to lay flat, so as not to be subject to undue bending or concentrated external load at
any point. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be set aside until such damage
has been cut out and the pipe is rejoined with a coupling.
8-03.3(4) Jointing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Solvent welded joints shall be given at least 15 minutes set-up time before moving or
handling. Pipe shall be partially center loaded to prevent arching and slipping. No water
shall be permitted in pipe until a period of at least 10 hours has elapsed for solvent weld
setting and curing.
The Contractor shall take great care to insure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean.
Any pipe ends not being worked on shall be protected and not left open.
No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter.
8-03.3(6) Electrical Wire Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Splices shall be made with a dry-splice wire connector, PVC construction body and snap-
lock plug with copper crimp sleeve, three flapped openings for wires and sealer packet
such as Rainbird ST-03UL/PT-55 Snap-Tite, UL Wire Connectors and PT-55 Sealer
System, Glendora, California or equivalent. Install per manufacturer’s specifications.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-12
8-03.3(7) Flushing and Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before pressure testing, soluble weld joints shall be given at least 24 hours curing time.
Before backfilling and installation of automatic valve, all sprinkler lines with risers installed
and capped shall be flushed and pressure-tested. The final test must be performed and
approved under the direction and supervision of the Engineer. The location, inspection and
testing provisions of these specifications shall be strictly adhered to. Any part of the
sprinkler system backfilled before location, testing, or approved inspection by the Engineer,
will be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling by the Engineer.
8-03.3(9) Backfill
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Trenches under roads or paved areas shall be backfilled and tamped with a mechanical
tamper in successive 6 inch lifts. Paving shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. Jacking under paved areas will be allowed with Engineer’s approval.
Unless otherwise specified, trenches shall be deep enough to allow 18 inches cover over
sprinkler lines and 24 inches cover over supply lines. All trenches must be straight and not
have abrupt changes in grade. Bedding for irrigation lines shall be washed sand from a
minimum of 3-inches below to 3-inches above all irrigation lines. Native material may be
used as backfill for the remainder of the trench when not in paved areas. Rocks larger than
3-inches in diameter shall be removed from any native material used as backfill.
8-03.3(11) System Operation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall perform sprinkler coverage tests to determine if coverage and
operation of the system is complete and satisfactory before the sprinkler system will be
accepted. If any part of the system is inadequate because of Contractor workmanship or
material, repairs or replacement shall be made at Contractor expense and the test repeated
until accepted by the Engineer.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
In the third paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read:
Potable water shall not flow through the cross-connection control device to any
downstream component until tested and approved for use by the City in accordance with
Section 8-03.3(12) (Cross Connection Control Device Installation).
8-03.3(12) Cross Connection Control Device Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Backflow preventer assembly shall be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-13
8-03.3(13) Irrigation Water Service
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Water meter(s) will be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans in accordance with
Section 7-15 (Service Connections).
8-03.3(14) Irrigation Electrical Service
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Electrical service and or wires will be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans in
accordance with Section 8-20.3(10) (Services transformer, Intelligent Transportation
System Cabinet).
8-04 Curbs, Gutters and Spillways
8-04.3 Construction Requirements
8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Reinforcing shall be constructed at catch basins in accordance with the applicable
Standard Detail(s).
When slip-form equipment is used to place the curb and gutter, the concrete mix design
may be modified as follows: The Grade No. 2 coarse aggregate (1½ inch minus) may be
replaced by Grade No. 5 coarse aggregate (1 inch minus) when required to accommodate
the equipment.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The fourth paragraph is replaced with the following:
Joints in the curb and gutter shall be spaced to match joints in the abutting driveways and
sidewalks or cement concrete pavement. All expansion/through joints shall extend entirely
through the curb and gutter section. Maximum joint spacing shall be as follows:
A. ¾ inch expansion/through joints at 20-foot maximum spacing, or 3/8-inch
expansion/through joints at 10-foot maximum spacing;
B. 1/8 inch x 1 inch deep saw cut or scored joints per Standard Specification 8-
04.3(1) (Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways) at intervening 10-
foot maximum spacing.
8-04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Extruded Cement Concrete Curb” shall be type 6 as detailed in the applicable Standard
Plan.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-14
8-05 Dewatering System
8-05.1 General
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
When dewatering trenches requires a dewatering system the Contractor shall design and
provide a dewatering system using accepted and professional methods consistent with
current industry practice to eliminate water entering the excavation under hydrostatic head
from the bottom and/or sides. The Contractor shall design the system to prevent
differential hydrostatic head that would result in floating out soil particles in a manner
termed as a “quick” or “boiling” condition. The system shall not be dependent solely upon
sumps or pumping water from within the excavation where differential head would result in
a quick condition, which would continue to worsen the integrity of the excavation’s stability.
Where the Engineer determines that the Contractor cannot sufficiently dewater the trench
using the “Normal Trench Dewatering” described in Section 7-08.3(2)L (Dewatering
Trenches) of these Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide a dewatering system of
sufficient size and capacity to prevent ground and surface water flow into the excavation
and to allow all work to be installed in a dry condition.
The Contractor shall control, by acceptable means, all water regardless of source and be
fully responsible for disposal of the water.
The Contractor shall confine discharge piping and/or ditches to available easements or to
additional easements obtained by Contractor and provide necessary permits and/or
additional easements at no additional cost to the City.
The Contractor shall control groundwater in a manner that preserves strength of foundation
soils, does not cause instability or raveling of excavation slopes, and does not result in
damage to existing structures. Where necessary to these purposes, the Contractor shall
lower water levels in advance of excavation, utilizing wells, well points, jet educators, or
similar positive methods. The water level as measured by piezometers shall be maintained
a minimum of 2 feet below prevailing excavation level.
The Contractor shall commence dewatering prior to any appearance of water in excavation
and continue until work is complete to the extent that no damage results from hydrostatic
pressure, flotation, or other causes.
Open pumping with sumps and ditches shall be allowed, provided it does not result in boils,
loss of fines, softening of the ground, or instability of slopes.
The Contractor shall install wells and/or well points, if required, with suitable screens and
filters, so that continuous pumping of fines does not occur, arrange discharge to facilitate
collection of samples by the City. During normal pumping, and upon development of
well(s), levels of fine sand or silt in the discharge water shall not exceed 5 ppm. The
Contractor shall install sand tester on discharge of each pump during testing to verify that
levels are not exceeded.
The Contractor shall control grading around excavations to prevent surface water from
flowing into excavation areas.
8-05.1(1) Design
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Contractor shall designate and obtain the services of a qualified dewatering specialist to
provide a dewatering plan as may be necessary to complete the work.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-15
Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the drawings, design data, and
operational records required.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design, installation, operation, maintenance,
and any failure of any component of the system.
8-05.1(1)A Dewatering Discharge
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Discharge Limits
1. Turbidity – less than 5 NTUs above background
2. Sand Content – less than 10 ppm
3. pH between 6.5 and 8.5
4. No visible sheen in the stormwater discharge or in the receiving water
Contractor shall conduct Daily Monitoring and provide records of:
PH
TSS (NTU)
Volume Discharged (gpd)
Water levels in monitoring wells
Sand content (first 5 days after startup)
Contractor shall conduct Weekly Monitoring and provide records of:
Sand Content
Sampling and Analysis
Preliminary testing of dewatering discharge will be conducted by the Contractor during the
initial dewatering activities prior to discharging water to the City’s stormwater system.
Contractor shall use the preliminary water testing results to evaluate what treatment
components, if any, will need to be added to the dewatering system. During initial
dewatering activities, water will be pumped into a series of storage containers. Water will
be sampled from the last tank in the series and analyzed for the constituents specified in
the table above.
Contractor shall provide monitoring records to the City on a daily basis.
The total flow quantified by the flow totalizer and water levels in monitoring wells will be
recorded on the daily contractor logs and at the time effluent water samples are collected.
The total flow measurements will be included in the effluent sampling summary reports.
8-05.1(1)B Temporary Dewatering Plan
(May 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall submit a Temporary Dewatering Plan to the Engineer for review per
Section 9-38 (Submittal Approval). The Temporary Dewatering Plan shall be prepared by a
Professional Engineer or Hydrogeologist who is licensed to practice in the State of
Washington, and who has a minimum of five years of experience in the design of
dewatering systems for similar projects.
The Temporary Dewatering Plan shall include:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-16
A narrative of the Contractor’s proposed dewatering system methodology,
Working drawings showing system layout and components including number
and location of dewatering wells, wellpoints, and/or eductors with a well
numbering system,
Design calculations demonstrating system and equipment adequacy,
Specifications of proposed materials and equipment, including pump curves,
Pumps and sumps for removal of incidental seepage, perched groundwater, etc.
Provision for the settlement and removal of sediments prior to discharge (e.g.,
settling tanks),
Number and location of temporary monitoring wells to be installed (Note that
one monitoring well is present on-site. However, this well will be impacted
during construction activities and therefore cannot be used as one of the
temporary monitoring wells used during dewatering efforts.),
Dewatering schedule, including mobilization, installation, development, testing,
water quality analysis, start-up, monitoring, operation, shutdown,
decommissioning, clean-up, and removal,
Describe how groundwater will be treated to meet the applicable discharge
limits, and
Proposed plans of operation.
Any changes to the proposed system shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to
implementation.
In addition to the Temporary Dewatering Plan, the submittal shall include:
A Contingency Plan for storm events or other conditions (including failure of the
dewatering system) that could raise groundwater levels and overwhelm the
capacity of the dewatering system pumps or discharge facilities. In the
Contingency Plan, the Contractor should:
o Make provision to suspend dewatering operations for anticipated events
(e.g., storms) and unanticipated events that may occur prior to excavation
work and that would require dewatering.
o Provide methods to secure such items as the excavation, shoring, side
slopes, equipment, dewatering system components, base of excavation, and
any installed facilities from the adverse effects of elevated groundwater
levels.
o A Water Quality Sampling Plan
The Engineer’s review of the Temporary Dewatering Plan shall not constitute approval nor
relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for errors therein nor from the entire
responsibility for complete and adequate groundwater level control and volume removal in
the excavated areas; formation protection; and protection of existing and proposed
structures to the extent specified herein. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for
control of the groundwater levels and hydrostatic pressures to the depths herein specified
and for avoiding settlement outside the excavation as herein specified. The Contractor
shall bear sole responsibility for proper design, installation, operation, maintenance, and
any failure of any component of the temporary dewatering system for the duration of the
Contract.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-17
8-05.1(2) Damages
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair without cost to the City, any damage to
work in place, or other contractor’s equipment, utilities, residences, highways, roads,
railroads, private and municipal well systems, adjacent structures, natural resources,
habitat, existing wells, and the excavation, including, damage to the bottom due to heave
and including but not limited to, removal and pumping out of the excavated area that may
result from Contractor’s negligence, inadequate or improper design and operation of the
dewatering system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering system.
The Contractor shall remove subgrade materials rendered unsuitable by excessive wetting
and replace with approved backfill material at no additional cost to the Owner.
8-05.1(2)A Settlement Monitoring Program
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Contractor shall develop and submit to the City a Settlement Monitoring Program for review
and approval prior to beginning dewatering per Section 9-38 (Submittal Approval).
Contractor shall establish a settlement monitoring program and perform all survey and
inspections necessary for monitoring existing site features. All surveys shall be performed
under the direction of a licensed land surveyor. Vertical and horizontal measurements shall
be accurate to 0.01 feet or smaller.
Contractor shall set survey monuments on permanent structures, the roadway, and utilities.
The survey monuments may consist of PK nails with a washer with an identification
number. Contractor shall record the identification number, elevation, and coordinate
location prior to initiating dewatering, and submit the baseline information to the Engineer.
The method of installing survey monuments, and the locations and number of survey
monuments shall be as approved by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be notified a
minimum of one day prior to setting survey monumentation. The initial survey to record the
monuments baseline horizontal and vertical location shall be completed by conducting
three separate level loops for each monument. Each loop shall be run so that they start
and stop at a different location each time. The intent of running multiple level loops on
each monument is to catch potential survey errors.
Contractor shall perform an initial survey prior to commencement of the Work, daily for the
first 5 days after the dewatering system is started up, subsequently two days per week
when the dewatering system is active, and one day per week for a month after the
dewatering system is turned off. If pumping or dewatering of excavations are interrupted or
cannot be adequately maintained, the survey monuments and targets shall be checked a
minimum of once every 24 hours for as long as the conditions exist.
Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any cumulative change in elevation or
location of any monument or target in excess of 1/4 inch. If the cumulative change in
elevation or location exceeds 1/2 inch, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer
and resolve the problem using methods defined in the Contingency Plan or other
reasonable methods.
The Contractor shall maintain in a log the survey data taken for each monument or target.
A copy shall be sent to the Engineer after each addition of data.
Contingency Plan
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-18
Contractor shall prepare a Contingency Plan to mitigate the effects of excessive settlement
or movement of existing Site features. The Contingency Plan is not to restrict the
Contractor from using the best construction methods available to meet the conditions but is
required to demonstrate a reasonable preparedness to mitigate the effects of excessive
movement or settlement. The following are minimum requirements for a Contingency Plan:
1. The Contingency Plan shall outline steps to be taken to protect structures,
buildings, and utilities and to stop excessive movement or settlement identified
by the settlement monitoring program.
2. Contractor shall have all material, manpower, equipment, and other items
identified in the Contingency Plan available at all times while excavations are
ongoing or excavated areas are open.”
8-05.1(3) Maintaining Excavation in Dewatering Condition
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Dewatering shall be a continuous operation. Interruptions due to power outages or any
other reason will not be permitted.
The Contractor shall continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition with positive
dewatering methods during preparation of subgrade, installation of pipe, and construction
of structures until the critical period of construction and/or backfill is completed to prevent
damage of subgrade support, piping, structure, side slopes, or adjacent facilities from
flotation or other hydrostatic pressure imbalance.
The Contractor shall provide standby equipment on site, installed, wired, and available for
immediate operation if required to maintain dewatering on a continuous basis in the event
any part of the system becomes inadequate or fails. If dewatering requirements are not
satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, perform such work as may be
required to restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional cost to City.
System maintenance shall include but not be limited to 24-hour supervision by personnel
skilled in the operation, maintenance, and replacement of system components and any
other work required to maintain excavation in dewatered condition.
8-05.1(4) System Removal
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall abandon and remove from the site, in accordance with WAC Chapter
173-160 and RCW Chapter 18.104, all groundwater control and monitoring system
elements. The Contractor shall be, or employ the services of, a water well contractor
licensed in the State of Washington to abandon all wells, and/or well points. The
Contractor shall assume ownership and responsibility for the disposal of all removed
groundwater control pumps, pipes, and other assorted system hardware.
The Contractor shall abandon and remove the groundwater control and monitoring systems
in such a manner that groundwater does not flow or seep through groundwater control or
monitoring system penetrations into any structure or facility. Wells decommissioned within
roadways shall be capped beneath the roadway base course with at least 24-inches of
class 3000 concrete. Beneath the concrete cap, the Contractor may utilize bentonite to fill
the well per Department of Ecology requirements.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-19
8-06 Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances
8-06.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Driveway approaches shall be considered to be that portion of the private driveways, which
require removal and replacement to transition between the new cement concrete driveway
aprons and the existing private driveway. “Cement Concrete Driveway Approaches” shall
be constructed and finished as specified for driveways, except they shall be 4-inch thick
slabs and not reinforced.
8-06.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Wire Mesh (Welded Wire Fabric)9-07.7
Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23
8-06.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Concrete driveways shall be cured per methods described in Section 5-05.3(13) (Curing),
with the following exceptions if the curing compound method is used:
The Contractor shall use Type I clear curing compound per Section 9-23 (Concrete
Curing Materials and Admixtures).
The Contractor shall not use white pigmented curing compound.
The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for
a period of 5 calendar days.
The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as
waterproof paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in event of rain or
other unsuitable weather.
Additional requirements for curing in hot weather shall be as follows:
In periods of low humidity, drying winds, or high temperatures, a fog spray shall be applied
to concrete after placement as soon as conditions warrant to prevent the formation of
shrinkage cracks. The spray shall be continued until conditions permit the application of
liquid curing membrane or other curing media.
Additional requirements for curing in cold weather shall be as outlined in Section 5-05.3(14)
(Cold Weather Work).
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-20
8-07 Precast Traffic Curb
8-07.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Precast Traffic Curb 9-18.1
Epoxy 9-26.2
Paint 9-34.2
Raised Pavement Markers 9-21.2
Type 3 Delineators Per Plan
8-07.3 Construction Requirements
8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The curb shall be installed in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard
Detail.
The second sentence is revised to read:
Before the epoxy adhesive is applied, all dirt shall be cleaned from the pavement surface
by washing.
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
All joints between adjacent pieces of curb except joints for expansion and/or drainage shall
be filled with epoxy.
8-09 Raised Pavement Markers
8-09.3 Construction Requirements
8-09.3(2) Surface Preparation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall pre-mark the layout of all channelization and receive approval from
the Engineer before installing “Raised Pavement Markers” (RPM’s). Pre-marks shall
consist of painted spot markings or other approved methods. The Contractor shall request
the Engineer’s approval of the pre-mark for channelization at least 2 full working days prior
to installation of the RPMs.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-21
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-09.3(8) Remove Raised Pavement Markings
All raised pavement markings shall be removed before placing a new asphalt concrete
pavement overlay. Removal of markers shall be conducted in a manner that prevents
damage to existing pavement. Damage to the existing pavement caused by Contractor’s
negligence shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Repairs shall
be to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
8-13 Monument Cases
8-13.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work consists of constructing, or adjusting, monuments, to proper grade, and the
furnishing and placing of materials and other related work for monuments.
8-13.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Monument cases and covers shall be in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn
Standard Details. Concrete used for setting the monuments shall be Class 3000. Bronze
plug markers will be furnished by the City and provided to the Contractor.
8-13.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read:
After the monument or monument case has been in place for a minimum of 3 calendar
days, the roadway surface shall be patched in a workman like manner with Class ½ inch
asphalt concrete pavement.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The bronze plug marker shall be inserted in the concrete mix to the required line and
grade. The concrete base shall be placed on a well-compacted foundation. When Type B
monuments are installed, the monument case shall be placed in such a manner that will not
disturb the bronze plug markers.
Where called for on the Plans, the Contractor shall adjust existing monuments to the grade
as staked. The existing cast iron case and cover shall first be removed and thoroughly
cleaned for reinstalling at the new grade.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-22
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-13.3(1) Reference Points
The Engineer shall reference all monuments in advance of construction and shall reset the
points and grades at the proper time.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish materials and install required
castings in accordance with the Plans. The Contractor shall carefully protect all reference
points to the monuments and shall give the Engineer reasonable notice of the schedule for
monument work in order to avoid destruction of the points.
8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks
8-14.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
This work shall consist of construction of cement concrete sidewalks, including curb ramps
with detectable warning strips.
8-14.3 Construction Requirements
8-14.3(1) Excavation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Excavation for sidewalk and for curb ramps shall be in accordance with Section 2-03,
(Roadway Excavation and Embankment).
Embankments shall be compacted by Method B as specified in Section 2-03.3(14)C
(Compacting Earth Embankments). Approved tampers shall be used in areas inaccessible
to normal compaction equipment.
The subgrade shall be graded to within 1 inch of established grade and the area between
the sidewalk and the adjacent private property line shall be shaped to line, grade, and
section shown on the Plans before the forms are set.
8-14.3(2) Forms
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Low areas in the subgrade shall be backfilled and compacted to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. All high areas in the subgrade shall be cut down to meet the subgrade
requirements.
8-14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-23
Curb Ramps shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans. If any slope exceeds a
maximum slope specified on the Standard Plans or Contract Plans or if any dimension is
less than a minimum dimension specified on the Standard Plans or Contract Plans, the
Contractor shall replace the curb ramp or a portion of the curb ramp as necessary and
approved by the Engineer to bring the curb ramp into compliance.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Expansion and contraction (dummy) joints shall be located and constructed in accordance
with the Standard Details.
Expansion joints shall be formed by first cutting a groove in the concrete with a tee bar of a
depth equal to, but not greater than the joint filler material, and then working the pre-
molded joint filler into the groove. Pre-molded joint filler used for expansion joints shall be
normal to and flush with the surface of the sidewalk. All joints, expansion and dummy, shall
be positioned in true alignment at right angles to the line of the sidewalk.
Where the sidewalk abuts a curb, or curb and gutter, the sidewalk shall be constructed with
a thickened edge.
Joints and the sidewalk perimeter shall be edged with a 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch radius edger.
The surface of the sidewalks shall be brushed with a fiber hair brush of an approved type in
a transverse direction except that at driveway and alley crossings it shall be brushed
longitudinally.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-14.3(3)A Special Sidewalk
(Downtown Sidewalk – 2x2 Scoring)
The “Special 2x2 Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk” shall be concrete with 2 ft. x 2 ft.
scoring pattern with a light broom finish.
(Downtown Street Corner Sidewalk - Brick)
The “Special Brick Sidewalk” at street corners as specified on the Plans shall be
constructed of brick pavers in a rectangular pattern. The patterns shall extend from the
back of curb to the building face or property line and minimum of 10 feet in either direction
from the corner of the property lines. The brick pavers shall be Mutual Materials “Holland”
8cm, or approved equivalent and the color shall be per Plans.
8-14.3(4) Curing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Concrete sidewalks shall be cured per methods described in Section
5-05.3(13) (Curing), with the following exceptions if the curing compound method is used:
The Contractor shall use Type I clear curing compound per Section 9-23 (Concrete
Curing Materials and Admixtures).
The Contractor shall not use white pigmented curing compound.
The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for
a period of 5 calendar days.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-24
The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as
waterproof paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in event of rain or
other unsuitable weather.
Additional requirements for curing in hot weather shall be as follows:
In periods of low humidity, drying winds, or high temperatures, a fog spray shall be applied
to concrete after placement as soon as conditions warrant to prevent the formation of
shrinkage cracks. The spray shall be continued until conditions permit the application of
liquid curing membrane or other curing media.
Additional requirements for curing in cold weather shall be as outlined in Section 5-05.3(14)
(Cold Weather Work).
8-18 Mailbox Supports
8-18.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Anchor Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for the Neighborhood Delivery and Collection Box Unit
shall be in accordance with Section 9-06.5 (Bolts) and Section 9-06.22 (Bolts, Washers,
and Other Hardware).
8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and
Electrical
8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
Safe-wiring labels required by Labor and Industries shall apply on this project.
8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspections
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall obtain electrical permit(s) from Washington State Department of Labor
and Industries. Electrical Service inspection(s) will be performed by Labor and Industries.
Obtaining the permit, requesting inspections, making corrections, and securing L&I
approval is the responsibility of the Contractor.
8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-25
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Supplemental data for pole equipment, luminaries, splice kits, vehicle signal heads,
pedestrian signal heads, pedestrian push button assemblies, video detectors, PTZ
camera(s), junction boxes, conduit, conduit fittings, wiring, service/battery back-up cabinet,
controller cabinet (including controller and all other associated equipment in the cabinet),
preemption detectors and discriminators, and all other electrical materials to be used on
this project shall be submitted for approval before being incorporated into the work.
Quantity, pole height, davit arm length, and mast arm length shall be indicated and
consistent with the Plans.
The Contractor shall submit supplemental data and material shop drawings for all structural
items. The shop drawings and structural calculations shall clearly identify the type of
equipment to be used and shall be stamped by a registered professional engineer
registered. Shop drawings shall conform to the contract Plans.
All material to be reviewed for the signal system shall be submitted in a single package.
The City of Auburn reserves the right to inspect the manufacturing process of all materials.
Final inspection and acceptance of the installed materials will not be given until final
installation and testing has been completed on the system. Approval to install materials
and equipment must be obtained from the Engineer at the job site, before installation.
8-20.3 Construction Requirements
(December 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(1)D Order of Work
Except as specifically allowed in Section 8-20.3(1) (General), each element of existing
signal, illumination, communication and ITS systems shall remain in operation until
modified systems to replace such are operational and accepted by the Contracting Agency.
This includes, but is not limited to temporary vehicle detection which shall be provided by
the Contractor during construction to replace the function of existing vehicle detection
systems prior to any project work that adversely impacts the function of existing detection
systems. Temporary vehicle detection equipment shall be compatible with City signal
cabinet and installation shall be coordinated with City traffic signal technicians. Contractor
shall be responsible for ensuring temporary vehicle detection systems function properly at
all times while in use.
Temporary video detection systems shall be in accordance with Section 8-20.3(14)I (Video
Detection System) of these specifications.
8-20.3(4) Foundations
(December 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before placing the concrete, the Contractor shall block out around any other underground
utilities that may lie in the excavated base to prevent foundation adherence to the utility
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-26
line. Concrete foundations shall be troweled, brushed, and edged. Exposed anchor bolts
and conduits shall be promptly cleaned of any concrete after installation.
Where no sidewalk is planned or exists, the top of the foundation shall be a minimum 12
inches above roadway centerline, unless otherwise noted on the Plans.
The joint between traffic signal cabinet and its foundation shall be sealed using a clear,
waterproof, silicone caulk.
8-20.3(5) Conduit
8-20.3(5)A General
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Unless specified on the Plans, metal conduit shall not be used.
Location wire placed for conduit containing, or that are to contain, fiber optic cable shall be
12 AWG.
Conduit shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.1 (Conduit, Innerduct,
and Outerduct).
Conduit runs installed entirely under sidewalk, driveways, and landscape areas may be
Schedule 40 PVC unless otherwise noted on the Plans. The same type and schedule of
conduit shall be used for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet and from Schedule
80 PVC conduit crossing the roadway to the nearest junction box. Bends for conduits
serving existing or future interconnect and fiber optic cables shall be no less than 4 feet in
diameter. All conduit ends shall have bell end PVC bushings.
Stubouts shall be installed as shown on the Plans.
A pull tape shall be installed in all spare conduits for future conductors. The pull tape shall
have printed sequential measurement markings at least every 3 feet. At least 2 feet of pull
tape shall be doubled back into the conduit at each termination. Conduits without
conductors (spare conduits) shall be plugged on both ends with mechanical plugs. Locate
wire shall be installed in all empty or spare conduits, not in joint trench with conductors.
Loop stubouts that are installed before the final lift of pavement shall be surrounded with a
6 inch PVC sleeve. This sleeve shall be extended below the top of the stubout and be flush
with finished grade. All loop conduit shall be appropriately capped and sealed with a
molded plug cap. Molded plug cap installation shall comply with manufacturer’s installation
and recommendations. With the exception of connections to HDPE conduit, joints shall be
connected with medium grade gray cement solvent applied per the manufacturer’s
recommendations. The loop wires shall pass through a hole in the cap. The end of the
conduit will also be sealed with moldable duct sealing compound. Sifted sand will be used
to cover all exposed loop wires before final filling with loop sealant.
All conduit shall display the Underwriter Laboratories certification (UL Listed).
8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-27
All lids shall open away from the traveled way. Prior to construction of finished grade, if
cable vaults are installed or adjusted, pre-molded joint filler for expansion joints may be
placed around the cable vaults. The joint filler shall be removed prior to adjustment to
finished grade.
Junction boxes shall conform with all provisions of Section 9-29.2 (Junctions Boxes, Cable
Vaults, and Pull Boxes). Junction Boxes shall be of the types indicated on the Plans. All
Junction Boxes shall have slip-resistant surfaces, locking lids, and be equipped with Penta
Head tamper resistant bolts as specified and detailed in the Plans.
6 inches of washed drain rock shall be placed inside the junction box and be spread evenly
around all conduits.
All three-way service connections leading to luminaires, including street crossings and
service cabinet junction boxes shall be made with a SEC Model 1791-DP or approved
equivalent.
Box and vault lids shall be inscribed with a welded bead message with each letter being 4
inches tall and 3 inches wide as follows:
“LT” if used exclusively for lighting
“TS” if used exclusively for Traffic Signals
“TS” “LT” if jointly used for lighting and traffic signals
“COA COMM” if used for City of Auburn communications and/or for traffic signal
interconnect.
The lids and frames shall be hot dipped galvanized after the welded bead legend is
installed.
8-20.3(8) Wiring
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All cable entering cabinets shall be neatly bundled and wrapped.
The Contractor shall pull out and dispose of wire for the existing illumination system that is
no longer needed. All costs for removal and disposal of wire shall be included in the unit
contract price for “Illumination System Complete”.
8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall provide junction boxes or other Engineer approved cover over all
grounding rods.
All junction boxes containing conductors carrying 120 volts or higher will have the lid and
frame bonded to the system ground. The connections to the lid and frame will be made
with approved compression type ring terminals. The braid will be of sufficient length so that
the lid may be easily removed and placed next to the junction box. It will be routed around
all cables so that it does not pass thorough any cable loops. In the case of Type 8 junction
boxes, both lids shall be bonded.
When loop lead-in wires or interconnect wire are the only wires in the junction box, bonding
is not required.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-28
8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation
System (ITS) Cabinets
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
A three-wire electrical service shall be used at 120/240 volts. Electrical service cabinets
shall be per Section 9-29.24 (Service Cabinets) and shall be installed where shown on the
Plans.
Power service cabinets shall be labeled by the Contractor go meet PSE Construction meter
requirements: The label shall indicate the “City of Auburn” identification, the specific use of
the service, and the general site address (example: City of Auburn, Street Lighting – 123 E
Main St). The label shall be a permanent engraved phenolic nameplate or die-cut
adhesive label at least 1 inch high. PSE will not provide the power meter without this
permanent label.
Where underground power service is not utilized, overhead electrical service shall be
brought to the power service cabinet through a conduit riser with a weather head on the
service pole. The service shall be split in the load center into a 120 VAC/240 VAC circuit
for the traffic signal and street lighting systems.
The Contractor shall provide and install service wire and PVC conduit between the service
cabinet and the point of power service location as shown in the Plans.
8-20.3(11) Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The last paragraph is revised to read:
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, signal turn-on will only be allowed Monday
through Thursday (except for holidays or the day before a holiday), between the hours of
9:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m.
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
For traffic signal turn-on, City personnel will put the signal into operation. The Contractor
shall be present during the turn-on with adequate equipment to repair any deficiencies of
signal operation.
All newly installed signal and pedestrian heads and pedestrian pushbuttons shall be fully
covered with black plastic or yellow nylon cloth that is firmly attached, until such time for the
signal turn-on.
8-20.3(13) Illumination Systems
8-20.3(13)A Light Standards
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-29
The poles shall be plumb with no shims. The poles shall be plumbed on leveling nuts
secured to the anchor bolts and locking nuts on top of the base flange. The side of the
shaft opposite the load shall be plumbed using the leveling nuts.
The void between the foundation and the pole flange shall be no larger than 2 inches and
shall be completely filled around the conduit(s) with dry pack mortar and neatly troweled. A
¼ inch weep hole shall be installed on the downward slope side of the pad.
The dry pack mortar consists of 1:2 cement to fine sand mixture with enough water to allow
the mixture to stick together when molded into a ball by hand, but which will not exude
water when pressed.
8-20.3(13)C Luminaires
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All luminaires, shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.10 (Luminaires)
and shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as specified
herein. Contractor shall furnish man-lift truck for use in final inspection of luminaire system.
Luminaires shall be leveled in 2 planes. One plane perpendicular to the curb (parallel to
davit arm), the other plane parallel to the roadway surface.
The luminaire shall be bolted to the davit arm by means of cast-in inserts and this detail
shall be coordinated with the standard manufacturer to ensure proper fit. The terminal
board shall have lugs of a 240-volt 3-wire power source. Terminals shall be labeled line-
neutral-line. The neutral terminal shall be grounded to the metal housing of the luminaire.
All luminaires shall be provided with markers for positive identification of light source and
wattage per Section 9-29.10 (Luminaires) of the Standard Specifications.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(13)F Luminaire Fusing
Luminaire fusing and electrical connections at lighting standard bases shall be per Section
9-29.7 (Luminaire Fusing and Electrical Connections at Light Standard Bases, Cantilever
Bases and Sign Bridge Bases) except that light standards shall be provided with 2 in-line
fuse holders, per this section, with the fuses mounted inside the pole and readily accessible
from the access hole, electrical splices shall be in the junction box near each pole in
accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Details.. All luminaries shall be
fused in the pole base with a “Y” type quick disconnect fuse system.
8-20.3(14) Signal Systems
8-20.3(14)B Signal Heads
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicular Signal Heads
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-30
All signal heads shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.16(2) (Conventional Traffic
Signal Heads). Lens sizes shall be as shown in Contract Plans, Signal Head Type Details.
Overhead mounted signals shall be adjusted in the field such that a person standing on the
pavement can see the brightest image of all vehicle signal sections from a distance
complying with current MUTCD standards. Signal heads shall be plumbed, and aiming
shall be by reference to the RED signal section.
Masking of optically programmed signal heads shall take place just before “turn-on” and
after all field adjustments have been made. After masking, no further head position
adjustments shall be made without the approval of the Engineer. Any final adjustments
required shall be made in the Engineer’s presence.
Pedestrian Signal Heads
Pedestrian signals shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.20 (Pedestrian
Signals).
Pedestrian signal heads shall be mounted with the bottom of the signal housing 8 feet
above the sidewalk or ground surface.
8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Loops shall be wound clockwise and consist of 4 turns of loop conductor.
From the loops to the junction box, the loop wires shall be twisted two turns per foot and
labeled at the junction box in accordance with the loop schematics included in the Plans. A
3/8-inch saw cut will be required for the twisted pair.
Loop wires shall be connected to the lead-in cable using compression sleeves and sealed
with 2-inch wide rubber mastic tape. An extra 10 feet of both loop wires and lead-in cable
shall be coiled neatly in the junction boxes for future work. Loops shall be round and saw
cuts shall be 6-foot diameter and shall be constructed using equipment designed for cutting
round loops. The equipment shall use a concave, diamond-segmented blade. The saw
cuts shall be vertical and shall be a minimum of 0.25 inches wide. The saw cut depth shall
be minimum of 2 ½ inches and maximum of 3 inches measured at any point along the
perimeter. The bottom of the saw cut shall be smooth. No edges created by differences in
saw cut depths will be allowed.
Unless shown otherwise shown on the Plans, the stop bar loops shall be spliced in series
per lane, mid and advance loop wires shall be spliced in parallel per lane and system loops
shall be spliced into individual home runs per lane.
8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The poles shall be installed on leveling nuts secured to the anchor bolts and locking nuts
on top of the base flange. The side of the shaft opposite the load shall be plumbed using
the leveling nuts.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-31
The void between the foundation and the pole flange shall be completely filled around the
conduit(s) with dry pack mortar and neatly troweled. The distance between the foundation
and the bottom of pole flange shall be less than 2 inches except for poles located within
sloping portion of curb ramps where the distance may be up to 3 inches.
The dry pack mortar consists of 1:2 cement to fine sand mixture with enough water to allow
the mixture to stick together when molded into a ball by hand but will not exude water when
pressed.
The lower handhole cover shall be fastened with a tamperproof bolt.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)F Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption
Detector
The Contractor shall provide and install 3M Company 700 Series preemption detectors at
locations as shown in the Plans. The emergency preemption detectors shall be solid-state
devices in weather resistant housing. The detectors shall be capable of detecting an
optical signal generated by an Opticom brand emitter (3M Company). The detectors shall
detect the optical signals from the emitter, amplify the signal, and transmit it to the phase
selector. The detectors shall have a range control capable of being adjusted up to a
maximum of 1/3 mile. Detectors shall be installed in compliance with manufacturer
installation instructions and recommendations.
Phase Selector
The Contractor shall provide phase discriminator units as required to obtain the necessary
number of channels for each leg of the intersection. The phase discriminator shall be a
solid state, rack mounted device which shall provide power to the detectors. The phase
selector shall receive the amplified signal from the detector, verify it as valid, and send an
input to the controller. This input shall be for the duration of the detected signal plus 8 to 10
seconds additional time after the signal is lost. Four channels shall be provided.
The phase selector shall also include the following features:
1. High and low priority discrimination,
2. Settable signal intensity threshold for up to at least 2,500 feet,
3. Computer based user interface,
4. Front panel switches and indicators for testing, and
5. 20,000 priority/ vehicle class/ vehicle code ID combinations.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)G Interconnect Network
Traffic signal interconnect cable shall be installed as shown in the Plans and in accordance
with all provisions of Section 9-29.3 (Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable).
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-32
All cable shall be installed in compliance with the manufacturer’s installations and
recommendations.
(December 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)H Pedestrian Push Buttons and Signs
Push buttons shall be in accordance with Section 9-29.19 (Pedestrian Push Buttons) and
installed per the manufacturer’s directions and recommendations.
Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be securely fastened to the signal standard or
pedestrian pole using stainless steel fasteners. Signal standards shall be drilled and
tapped for mounting push buttons. Push buttons shall be installed between 42-inches and
46-inches measured from the centerline of push buttons to the adjacent level landing. The
push button must be reachable within 10 inches from the level landing. Braille is required
on push button placards and the contractor is responsible to make sure they are placed in
the correct locations.
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)I Video Detection System
When video detection is shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall provide and install a fully
functional Trafficon by Kar-Gor or Econolite Vision video detection camera system, as
called out in the plans including all auxiliary equipment, cameras, housings, and mounts,
and all required mounting hardware, cables, connectors, and wiring per Section 9-29.23
(Video Detection Cameras).
The Contractor shall allow two weeks to schedule a Kar-Gor or Econolite representative to
assist with the system installation and turn on.
Final adjustment of the cameras shall be done by the Contractor in the presence and at the
direction of the City of Auburn Traffic Signal Technician.
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
8-20.3(14)J Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Camera System
8-20.3(14)J.1 Description
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of providing a television surveillance camera system to include provision
and installation of camera assemblies (camera, lens, and housing), pan and tilt drives,
Ethernet switch, cables, patch cords and other equipment necessary to provide a complete
and operable fiber optic-based closed circuit television (CCTV) system. The CCTV camera
or camera’s shall be delivered to the City of Auburn Maintenance and Operations building
for setup and testing.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-33
8-20.3(14)J.2 Materials
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
CCTV system materials shall be per Section 9-29.27 (CCTV System). The CCTV camera
shall be a Cohu RISE 4260. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or specified in the
Special Provisions, all materials shall be new.
8-20.3(14)J.2(1) Mounting
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Mounting of camera on luminaire/signal poles shall utilize Cohu pole mounts and
equipment and hardware shown in the Plans.
8-20.3(14)J.3 Construction Requirements
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
For each new CCTV camera shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish, install, and
setup a CCTV camera system that includes the camera, mounting materials, cables, cable
splices, Ethernet switch, and any additional equipment and hardware required for a
complete and operational CCTV camera system, per Section 9-29.27 (CCTV SYSTEM).
8-20.3(14)J.3(1) General Cable Installation
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the method that is intended to be used to
install the various cables. Any cable runs which have damaged jackets or do not pass the
appropriate test will be rejected and shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional
cost to the City of Auburn.
Shielded cables terminated at a cabinet shall have their shields grounded at the cabinet at
one end and insulated at the other. Insulated spade type terminals shall be used when
connecting wire to terminal blocks.
Cables at the camera end shall be soldered to the connectors provided with the equipment
using established techniques.
The rear connection area shall be filled with silicone rubber compound. The cables to the
camera shall be encased in a flexible sheath to form one cable between the camera and
the local control cabinet.
All cables shall be supported so that there is no weight being transferred from the camera
cable to the entry points through poles or extrusions. All holes through poles shall be
sealed with outdoor rated watertight grips.
All cables shall be tagged with permanent markers of PVC identifying their use. Cables
shall be tagged at both ends and at every junction box location.
8-20.3(14)J.3(2) Camera Cable
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Camera cables shall extend from the camera control receiver to the camera and pan/ tilt
drive unit. These cables shall provide camera power, environmental housing heater power,
pan/ tilt drive power and controls, camera lens controls, and additional wires for preset
positioning of pan/ tilt and lens. The number and size of wires required in the camera cable
is dependent upon the vendor selected for pan/tilt drives. The Contractor shall provide and
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-34
install camera cables with the proper type and quantity of conductors to enable connection
as recommended by the selected vendors and as required to provide for proper operation
of the closed circuit television system.
Camera cables shall be as per the manufacturer’s specifications and designed for long life
operation under adverse weather conditions. Cable connectors at the camera housing and
pan/tilt drive shall be waterproofed in accordance with vendor recommendations. Camera
cables shall be terminated on terminals in the camera control cabinet.
8-20.3(14)J.3(3) CCTV System Test
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall allow the City 2 weeks to setup and test the PTZ camera(s). If
problems are found by the City during each testing phase, the Contractor shall repair,
replace, or reconfigure each CCTV camera installation as necessary, at no additional cost
to the Contracting Agency.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
8-20.3(14)K Wireless Broadband Communications System
8-20.3(14)K.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The work specified in this section shall include the furnishing and installation of wireless
interconnect communication system devices, cables, outdoor hardened Ethernet hub or
switch, patch cords and associated components in accordance with the Plans and
specifications.
The Contractor shall provide materials, equipment, labor and the expertise required for the
construction of a traffic signal/ITS wireless broadband communication system to
interconnect the proposed traffic signal and ITS equipment with the City of Auburn’s
existing ITS system infrastructure as shown in the Plans and in accordance with these
Special Provisions. All equipment shall be installed in compliance with the manufacturer’s
installations and recommendations.
8-20.3(14)K.2 Wireless Broadband System Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall provide all products and materials required for the installation and
splicing of the specified communications cables and associated interface devices.
8-20.3(14)K.3 Testing, Mounting and Wiring
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Broadband radio/panel antenna units shall be mounted on signal mast-arms or signal poles
as indicated in the Plans. All units shall be installed utilizing Pelco Products, Inc. Astro-
Brac or approved equivalent mounts per the wireless equipment manufacturer’s
recommendations for outdoor pole-mounted applications. All mountings shall have
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-35
stainless steel hardware and provide a weather-tight cable passage between the wireless
unit and the pole.
All wireless AP, and Ethernet setup, configurations and testing shall be done in consultation
with the City’s IT department and the Engineer.
The Contractor shall drill a 1-inch-diameter hole in the pole, deburr and provide rubber
grommet prior to pulling cables. Cables shall be routed through traffic signal system
conduits and junction boxes as shown in the Plans and terminated in the local signal
controller cabinet.
Sufficient cable, 10 feet where bending radius permits, shall be left in each cabinet to
properly terminate the cables. No splicing of communication cables shall be allowed.
Ethernet cables shall be routed in the cabinet and be plugged into a RUGGEDCOM RS900
Ethernet switch.
8-21 Permanent Signing
8-21.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Signs shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the current edition of the
Washington State Sign Fabrication Manual of the Department of Transportation, and the
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and all provisions of Section 9-28 (Signing
Materials and Fabrication). Code numbers on the Plans are in reference to the Washington
State Sign Fabrication manual.
Signs located in sidewalks or paved areas only shall be installed with Sono tubes.
Relocated signs shall be installed on new posts unless otherwise specified. Postholes shall
allow placement of backfill around the post.
8-21.3(4) Sign Removal
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Costs for removing existing signs shall be included in the lump sum contract price for
“Permanent Signing”.
8-22 Pavement Marking
8-22.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of intention to receive approval of the
channelization pre-mark at least 48 hours in advance.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-36
8-23 Temporary Pavement Markings
8-23.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Short Term Temporary Pavement Markings shall only be used when the temporary striping
is anticipated to last less than 6 months. Phasing that will require temporary alignment
longer than 6 months should install striping per Section 8-22 (Pavement Marking).
8-24 Rock and Gravity Block Wall and Gabion Cribbing
8-24.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections of the Standard
Specifications or as noted.
Spall Backfill for Walls 9-13.1
Perforated PVC Underdrain Pipe 9-05.2(6)
Rock used for rock wall shall be sound, hard, durable, ledge rock of a uniform color and
obtained from a commercial quarry. Rock is to be free of seams, cracks, loose stratification
or other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather. The rock shall have a density
of at least 145 pounds per cubic foot.
All two-man rocks (200-600 pounds) shall be a minimum of 12 inches in the least
dimension. All three-man rocks (600-1,000 pounds) shall be a minimum of 18 inches in the
least dimension.
8-24.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The rock wall shall be constructed one course at a time. Rock selection and placement
shall be such that at least 80% of the exposed face of the wall is rock.
Each horizontal row of rocks shall be seated and bedded by placing the specified backfill
behind the rock to provide a stable condition for the entire wall. Each rock shall be keyed
into adjacent rocks by utilizing the natural irregular shapes of the rocks. Voids larger than 2
inches shall be filled by wedging smaller rock of the same quality into the voids until the
maximum remaining void is 2 inches or less.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 8 with the following new section including subsections:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-37
8-30 Wood Fence and Gates
8-30.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
This work shall consist of installing new “Wood Fence” and “Wood Gate” where shown and
as detailed on the Plans.
8-30.2 Construction Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
All work shall be in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 6-04 (Timber
Structures), 8-11 (Guardrail), 8-12 (Chain Link Fence and Wire Fence), 9-06 (Structural
Steel and Related Materials), 9-09 (Timber and Lumber), and 9-16 (Fence and Guardrail)
of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
All lumber shall be Douglas Fir Surfaced four side (S4S), Number 1 Structural per Western
Lumber Grading Rules unless otherwise noted. All lumber shall be pressure treated with
ChemoniteTM or approved equivalent per AWPB-LP22. Fencing boards shall be tight knot
western red cedar, Number 2 or better.
Metal fabrications, fasteners and hardware shall be in accordance with Section 9-06.22
(Bolts, Washers, and Other Hardware) of Standard Specifications.
Nail fasteners shall be galvanized standard wire nails.
Concrete shall be Cement Concrete Class 3000 in accordance with Section of 6-02
(Concrete Structures) of the Standard Specifications.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 8 with the following new section including subsections:
8-31 Fiber Optic Communications
8-31.1 Description
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
The work specified in this section shall include the furnishing and installation of fiber optic
cables, splices, splice enclosures, custom labels, patch panels and associated components
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall provide materials, equipment, labor and the expertise required for the
underground installation of fiber optic cables as components of the ITS network. Fiber optic
communications materials shall be per Section 9-29.3 (Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical
Conductors, and Cable).
8-31.2 Construction Requirements
8-31.2(1) Contractor Qualifications
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-38
Installation and testing of fiber optic communications is a specialized trade that requires
specific skills that can only be gained by experience. The City has determined that the
successful completion of the fiber optic communications work specified in the Contract
Documents require that the Contractor or its subcontractor, whichever shall be completing
the fiber optic communications work, meet the following minimum qualification
requirements: 5-years’ experience installing fiber optic systems, including cable and
splices, and fiber optic systems of similar type and size to those specified in the Contract
Documents, ability to provide three (3), non-City of Auburn, public agency references that
can provide verification of the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s experience and confirm that
the Contractor or subcontractor successfully completed the installation and testing of fiber
optic systems of similar type and size to those specified in the Contract Documents. The
Contractor or its subcontractor will not be allowed to begin work on fiber optic
communications until the City has verified that the Contractor or its subcontractor satisfies
these qualifications requirements.
8-31.2(2) Quality Assurance
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
All work described in this section shall meet or exceed the applicable provisions of the
following documents:
1. ANSI/EIA/TIA-455, Standard Test Procedures for Fiber Optic Fibers, Cables,
Transducers, Connecting and Terminating Devices, and Other Fiber Optic
Components.
2. ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-7, Measurement of Optical Power loss of Installed Single-Mode
Fiber Cable Plant.
3. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard
4. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication
Pathways and Spaces.
5. ANSI/TIA/EIA-598, Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding.
6. ANSI/TIA/EIA-607, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for
Telecommunications.
7. ANSI/TIA/EIA-758, Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling
Standard.
8. BICSI: BICSI Telecommunications Cabling Installation Manual
(TCIM).
9. BICSI: BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual.
10. BISCI: BICSI Customer-Owned Outside Plant Design Manual.
8-31.2(3) Fiber Optic Cable Installation
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Fiber optic cables shall be installed in continuous lengths without intermediate splices
throughout the entire project, except at the location(s) specified in the Plans. The cable
installation personnel shall be familiar with the cable manufacturer's recommended
procedures including but not limited to the following:
1. Proper attachment to the cable strength elements for pulling during installation.
2. Cable tensile limitations and the tension monitoring procedure.
3. Cable bending radius limitations.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-39
The Contractor shall comply with the cable manufacturer's specifications.
To accommodate long continuous installation lengths, bi-directional pulling of the fiber optic
cable is approved and shall be implemented as follows:
From the midpoint, pull the fiber optic cable into the conduit from the shipping reel. When
this portion of the pull is complete, the remainder of the cable must be removed from the
reel to make the inside end available for pulling in the opposite direction. This is
accomplished by hand pulling the cable from the reel and laying into large figure eight loops
on the ground. The purpose of the figure eight pattern is to avoid cable tangling and
kinking. The loops must be laid carefully one upon the other (to prevent subsequent
tangling) and must be in a protected area. The inside reel end of the cable is then available
for installation. In some cases, it may be necessary to set up the winch at an intermediate
cable vault. The required length of cable is pulled to that point, and brought out of the
cable vault and coiled into a figure eight. The figure eight is then turned over to gain
access to the free cable end which can then be reinserted into the duct system for
installation into the next section.
Installation shall involve the placement of the fiber optic cables in a specified innerduct or
conduit as defined in the Plans. The Contractor shall ensure that innerducts are secured to
prevent movement during the cable installation.
Prior to pulling fiber optic cables through existing conduits, the Contractor shall verify that
the conduits are clear of any debris and that the conduits have enough room to
accommodate the new fiber and any existing conductors (where present and not specified
for removal). Where noted on the Plans, the Contractor shall remove the existing copper
interconnect cable prior to installing the new fiber optic cable.
The pulling eye/sheath termination hardware on the fiber optic cables shall not be pulled
over any sheaves.
When power equipment is used to install the fiber optic cables, it must be designed to be
used with fiber optic cable. Low speeds shall be used, not to exceed 100 feet per minute.
The equipment must show the rate of pull, tension and automatically shut down if any cable
pulling parameters are exceeded. The tensile and bending limitation for fiber optic cables
shall not be exceeded under any circumstances. The use of large diameter wheels, pulling
sheaves, and cable guides shall be used to maintain the appropriate bending radius.
Tension monitoring shall be accomplished using commercial dynamometers or load-cell
instruments.
8-31.2(4) Fiber Optic Cable Splicing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
This section describes minimum requirements for splicing and connecting of the specified
fiber optic cables. Field splices for mainline to lateral cables and for end-to-end mainline
cables shall be located as shown in the Plans. No additional splices shall be allowed
without the approval of the Engineer
All fusion splicing equipment shall be in good working order, properly calibrated, and meet
all industry standards and safety regulations. Cable preparation, closure installation, and
splicing shall be accomplished in accordance with accepted and approved industry
standards.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-40
Upon completion of the splicing operation, all waste material shall be deposited in suitable
containers, removed from the job-site, and disposed of in an environmentally acceptable
manner.
The Contractor shall use the fusion method with local injection and detection for all fiber
optic splicing.
The average splice loss of each fiber shall be 0.10 dB or less. The average splice loss is
defined as the summation of the attenuation as measured in both directions through the
fusion splice, divided in half.
No individual splice loss measured in a single direction shall exceed 0.15 dB.
The Contractor shall seal all cables where the cable jacket is removed. The cable shall be
sealed per the cable manufacturer’s recommendation with an approved blocking material.
All below ground splices shall be contained in re-enterable waterproof splice enclosures.
All splices shall be contained in splice trays utilizing strain relief, such as heat shrink wraps,
as recommended by the splice tray manufacturer.
Upon sealing the splice closure, the Contractor shall show that the closure maintains 100
psi of pressure for a 24-hour period.
At all fiber optic splice locations, the Contractor shall neatly coil and secure a slack loop of
fiber optic cable in a manner that is consistent with optical fiber specifications, including
minimum bend radius.
8-31.2(5) Fiber Optic Cable Labeling
(December 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Permanent cable labels shall be used to identify fibers and patch cords at each termination
point. The cable labels shall consist of white colored heat shrink wraps with identification
showing the cable segment, and the far end of the cable. The cable shall be labeled with
non-fading permanent ink. Fiber Optic Cable shall have custom City of Auburn labels in
Vaults and at aerial attachment points.
8-31.2(6) Fiber Optic Cable Racking in Cable Vaults
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
After the cables are installed and spliced, cables, and innerducts shall be racked with spare
conduits and innerducts sealed. Since there is substantial risk of damage to optical fibers
by careless handling of the cables, much care shall be exercised, especially with regard to
observing the minimum bending limitations. Cables shall be racked in vertical figure eight
loops, which shall permit pulling slack from the vault without introducing twist to the cable.
Lateral cables shall be placed behind the main cables when changing levels. Cables or
innerducts shall be secured in racked position with outdoor rated cable ties.
City of Auburn identification/warning tags shall be securely attached to the cables or
innerducts in at least two locations in each cable vault or pull box and once in every J-box
passed through. The Identification Tag shall be a custom orange label saying “COA Fiber
Optic Cable, If Damaged Call 911” and label origin and destination of the fiber identified.
All coiled cable shall be suitably protected to prevent damage to the cable and fibers.
Racking shall include securing cables or innerducts to brackets (racking hardware) that
extend from the side walls of the cable vault or pull box. The Contractor shall provide all
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-41
required brackets and other racking hardware required for the fiber optic cable racking
operations as specified. All racking hardware shall be stainless steel.
8-31.2(7) Fiber Optic Patch Panels
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
A fiber optic patch panel shall be installed in every signal controller cabinet where a new
fiber optic connection is shown in the Plans per Section 9-29.13 (Traffic Signal Controllers).
The patch panel shall be attached to Contractor supplied ¼-inch aluminum plate attached
to the signal side rails with spring nuts.
8-31.2(8) Fiber Optic Splice Case
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Splice enclosures shall be supplied and installed where shown the Plans that specify
installation of a new fiber optic connection in a Vault or Pull box per Section 9.29.3(1)A
(Singlemode FiberOptic Cable) (SCF).
The SCF splice closures shall be available in canister (butt) and in-line styles to fit most
applications. All end-caps feature two express ports for uncut feeder cables. QUICK-
SEAL™ Mechanical Seal drop ports shall be utilized because they allow for rapid and easy
installation during initial build or future expansions.
The Splice Closure Housing shall be non-metallic. It shall be resistant to solvents, stress
cracking and creep. The housing materials shall also be compatible with chemicals and
other materials to which they might be exposed in normal applications. The optical fiber
closure shall be capable of accepting any optical fiber cable commonly used in interoffice,
outside plant and building entrance facilities. As an option, the ability to double the cable
capacity of an installed canister splice closure by use of a kit shall be available. Such a
conversion shall not disturb existing cables or splices.
Encapsulation shall not be required to resist water penetration. The splice closure shall be
re-enterable. The closure end-cap shall be capable of accepting additional cables without
removal of the sheath retention or strength-member-clamping hardware on previously
installed cables or disturbing existing splices. The optical fiber splice closure shall provide a
clamping mechanism to prevent pistoning of the central member or strength members and
to prevent cable sheath slip or pullout. The splice closure shall have appropriate hardware
and installation procedures to facilitate the bonding and grounding of metal components in
the closure and the armored cable sheath. The cable bonding hardware shall be able to
accommodate a copper conductor equivalent to or larger than 6 AWG.
8-31.3 Fiber Optic Cable Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall provide certified documentation or test results that demonstrate that all
fiber optic cables meet the specified optical and mechanical performance criteria before
and after installation.
Upon completion of the fiber optic cable installation (and splicing) the Contractor shall
perform testing specified herein. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a
minimum of 7 calendar days prior notice of the start of testing. The installed optical fiber
cable shall comply with the transmission requirements of this specification, the cable and
hardware manufacturer’s specifications, and prescribed industry standards and practices.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-42
All backbone and horizontal cabling, which is terminated by the contractor, shall be tested
to applicable EIA/TIA Standards.
Upon completion of the tests all fiber optic cable coils shall be secured with ends capped to
prevent intrusion of dirt and water.
8-31.3(1) Insertion Loss Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Insertion loss testing shall be used to measure end-to-end attenuation on each new fiber
installed between a field device and the City control facility.
The insertion loss for each mated fiber optic connector pair shall be 0.75 dB
Reflectance for single-mode single fiber UPC cable assemblies shall be -55 dB Mated
connector pair loss testing shall be based on one unidirectional optical time domain
reflectometer (OTDR) inspection in accordance with the OTDR operating manual for
systems greater than 300 feet.
In addition to connector insertion loss for each mated pair, the contractor shall perform end-
to-end insertion loss testing for each multimode fiber at 850 nm and 1300 nm from one
direction for each terminated fiber span in accordance with EIA/TIA-526-14A (OFSTP 14)
and single-mode fibers at 1310 nm and 1550 nm from one direction for each terminated
fiber span in accordance with TIA/EIA-526-7 (OFSTP 7). For spans greater than 300 feet,
each tested span must test to a value less than or equal to the value determined by
calculating a link loss budget. For horizontal spans less than or equal to 300 feet, each
tested span must be < 2.0 dB.
The Contractor shall inspect each terminated multimode fiber span for continuity and
anomalies with an OTDR at 1300 nm from one direction in accordance with the OTDR
operating manual for systems greater than 300 feet. The Contractor shall inspect each
terminated single-mode fiber span for continuity and anomalies with an OTDR at 1550 nm
from one direction in accordance with OTDR operating manual for systems greater than
300 feet.
Prior to commencing testing, the Contractor shall submit the manufacturer and model
number of the test equipment along with certification that it has been calibrated within 6
months of the proposed test dates.
The following information shall be documented for each fiber test measurement:
Wavelength
Fiber type
Cable, tube and fiber IDs
Near end and far end test locations
End-to-End Insertion Loss Data
Individual Splice Loss Data
Date, time, and operator
8-31.3(2) Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (Otdr) Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
A recording optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) shall be utilized to test for end-to-
end continuity and attenuation of each optical fiber. The OTDR shall be equipped with a
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-43
1,310 nm and 1,550 nm light source for single-mode optical fibers. The OTDR shall have
an X-Y plotter to provide a hard copy record of each test measurement.
The OTDR shall be equipped with sufficient internal masking to allow the entire cable
section to be tested. This may be achieved by using an optical fiber pigtail of sufficient
length to display the required cable section, or by using an OTDR with sufficient
normalization to display the required cable section. A hard copy X-Y plot shall be provided
for all fiber optic attenuation tests.
Prior to commencing testing, the Contractor shall submit the manufacturer and model
number of the OTDR test unit along with certification that it has been calibrated within 6
months of the proposed test dates.
Each new mainline and lateral fiber shall be tested in both directions at the 1310 and 1550
nanometer wavelengths. Existing mainline and lateral fibers that are spliced to or re-spliced
as part of this contract shall also be tested in both directions and at both wavelengths.
Splices to existing fibers shall also be measured and recorded.
The following information shall be documented for each fiber test measurement:
X-Y plot scaled for fiber length
Wavelength
Refraction index
Fiber type
Averaging time
Pulse width
Cable and fiber IDs
Near end and far end test locations
Date, time, and operator
Event table that includes: event ID, type, location, loss, and reflection.
8-31.3(3) Fiber Cable Testing Documentation
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall submit the fiber test results to the Engineer for approval per Section 1-
06.7 (Submittals). 1 licensed copy if the OTDR manufacturers software shall be provided
to the City of Auburn at the time the fiber test results are provided, for viewing and printing
the OTDR results. The Contractor shall take corrective actions on portions of the fiber
installation determined to be out of compliance with these specifications.
The following information shall be included in each test result submittal:
1. Contract number, contract name, contractor name and address.
2. Dates of cable manufacture, installation, and testing.
3. Manufacturer’s test results of the cable as shipped.
4. Location of all splices.
5. OTDR test results.
6. End-to-End Insertion Loss Data.
7. Individual Splice Loss Data.
8. Connector Insertion Loss Data
9. “As Installed” Diagram
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 8-44
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 8 with the following new section including subsections:
8-32 Bollards
8-32.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of building, furnishing, and installing bollards where shown on the Plans
and as detailed in the Standard Detail(s).
8-32.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Timber and Lumber Section 6-04 (Timber Structures) and 9-09
(Timber and Lumber)
Structural Steel and Related Material Section 9-06 (Structural Steel and Related
Materials)
END OF DIVISION 8
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-1
Division 9 Materials
9-05 Drainage Structures and Culverts
9-05.7(1) Plain Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Concrete storm drainpipe shall conform to ASTM C14 Class 3.
9-05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Reinforced concrete storm drainpipe shall conform to ASTM C76, Class IV.
9-05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
9-05.12(1) Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid Wall PVC Storm
Pipe, And Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the first sentence of the second paragraph to the following:
Solid wall PVC pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034 for the class or SDR of
pipe specified.
9-05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the first sentence of the last paragraph and replace it with the following:
All fittings shall be ductile. All joints including fittings shall be push-on rubber gasket joints.
Mechanical joints shall not be used.
9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting
9-14.1 Topsoil
9-14.2(1) Topsoil Type A
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The topsoil shall be a loamy sandy loam textural class as determined by the U.S.
Department of Agriculture Classification System, free from materials toxic to plant growth,
noxious weed seeds, rhizomes, roots, subsoil, and debris. The contractor shall furnish
sufficient quantities of topsoil for placement in all seeding areas (4 inch depth topsoil) and
planting areas (6 inch depth topsoil) and for tree and shrub planting soil requirements, plus
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-2
a reserve quantity for restoring additional areas outside designated planting and seeding
areas that are disturbed by the Contractor’s activities.
9-14.2(3) Topsoil Type C
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Small tree/brush stumps and roots shall be removed and topsoil shall contain no more than
two percent (2%) aggregate by weight remaining on a ½ inch sieve.
9-14.5Mulch and Amendments
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Specific topsoil amendment and fertilizer specification for the plant types specified on the
Plans shall be as per a certified soils laboratory recommendations from, representative
topsoil samples furnished by the Contractor to the approved Soils Laboratory.
9-14.5(3) Bark or Wood Chips
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall submit sample of the bark or wood chips for approval before delivery
to the job site. Bark shall be free from weed seeds, sawdust and splinters, and shall not
contain wood fiber or other compounds detrimental to plant life. Source shall be from
freshwater mill.
9-14.6(1) Polyacrylamide (PAM)
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
PAM will only be used upon approval of the Engineer.
9-14.7 Plant Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-14.7(5) Tagging
All plant material except groundcover shall be legibly tagged. Tagging may be by species
or variety with minimum of one tag per 10 trees or shrubs.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-14.6(5) Inspection
Samples may be submitted to the Engineer for approval as to size, grade, and overall
specifications.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-3
9-15 Irrigation System
9-15.1(2) Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The triple-swing joint assembly shall be constructed as detailed with Schedule 80 PVC
nipples and “Marlex” street ells as manufactured by “LASCO Fluid Distribution Products” or
approved equivalent.
9-15.3 Automatic Controllers
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Controller shall be Weathermatic Valcon SL Series Controller with Remote Control
Technology “FLM” Series Connector installed at controller for remote control operation from
the City of Auburn central control station.
The automatic controller electrical enclosure shall be a Metered Cold Rolled Steel Vandal
Resistant enclosure #SB-24CR/120V with CSA controller subassembly. Enclosure shall be
installed on a concrete base and shall be prime-coated and painted with baked enamel
finish; dark green color as selected by the Engineer as manufactured by “V.I.T. Product,
Inc.” or approved equivalent.
9-15.5 Valve Boxes
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Install a gravel sump at the bottom of each valve box.
The automatic control boxes shall be Model No. 1320 valve box with locking cover, and
extensions as required as manufactured by “Carson Industries, Inc.” or approved
equivalent.
9-15.6 Gate Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The gate valve boxes shall be 5 and ¼ inch Roadway Valve Box #111129-03 with cast iron
“Water” cover #111026 as manufactured by “Ametek” or approved equivalent.
9-15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Automatic control valves shall be Weathermatic 8200CR brass valves capable of
communicating with the controller. Size as noted on drawing.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-4
9-15.8 Quick Coupling Equipment
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The quick coupler valves shall be Buckner QB5LRC10 quick coupling valves with RC25001
valve keys or approved equivalent. Quick coupler valves shall be installed at the point of
connection at the end of the main line, and at each cluster of automatic control valves.
The quick coupling valve boxes shall be Model 910-12B 10 inch Round Valve Box with
locking green top extensions as manufactured by “Carson Industries, Inc.” or approved
equivalent.
9-15.9 Drain Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Drain valves shall be 1 inch diameter.
The drain valve box shall be 5 and ¼ inch Roadway Valve Box #111129-03 with cast iron
“Water” cover #111026 as manufactured by “Amtek” or approved equivalent.
9-15.11 Cross Connection Control Devices
(September 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Double check valve assembly shall be a Febco 850 or approved equivalent sized to
match the irrigation meter size and be approved by the State of Washington Dept of Health.
The Double-Check Valve Backflow Assembly Vault for ¾ inch to 2 inch assemblies shall be
a Carson molded box, or approved equivalent, and for assemblies larger than 2 inch a No.
25-TA Concrete Vault with Locking Metal Cover as manufactured by PIPE, Incorporated or
approved equivalent.
9-15.17 Electrical Wire and Splices
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Electrical wire shall be #14 UF wire. Utilize direct bury underground splice kits. Do not
splice or connect wires outside of valve boxes. Coil 3 feet length of wire at each
connection.
Provide 4 extra valve wires (yellow) routed from the controller through each valve box to
the farthest valve.
9-15.18 Detectable Marking Tape
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Detectable marking tape shall be 3-inch wide detectable tape on main lines only.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-5
9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical
9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, Outerduct
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Traffic Signal, ITS, and Street light conduit shall be Schedule 80 PVC-ASTM D1785 and as
shown on the Plans.
9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
(September 3, 2019, WSDOT GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Slip-Resistant Surfacing for Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
Where slip-resistant junction boxes, cable vaults, or pull boxes are required, each box or
vault shall have slip-resistant surfacing material applied to the steel lid and frame of the box
or vault. Where the exposed portion of the frame is ½ inch wide or less, slip-resistant
surfacing material may be omitted from that portion of the frame.
Slip-resistant surfacing material shall be identified with a permanent marking on the
underside of each box or vault lid where it is applied. The permanent marking shall be
formed with a mild steel weld bead, with a line thickness of at least 1/8 inch. The marking
shall include a two character identification code for the type of material used and the year
of manufacture or application. The following materials are approved for application as slip-
resistant material, and shall use the associated identification codes:
1. Harsco Industrial IKG, Mebac #1 - Steel: M1
2. W. S. Molnar Co., SlipNOT Grade 3 – Coarse: S3
3. Thermion, SafTrax TH604 Grade #1 – Coarse: T1
9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Illumination
Wire conductors for underground feeder runs and for circuitry from the in-line fuse in the
poles to the junction box shall be 600 volts (minimum rated at 75 degree C) # 8 AWG single
conductor stranded-copper, U.S.E. insulated, in accordance with the Insulated Power
Cable Engineer's Association Specifications. SPEC 2150.
Wire conductors inside the pole from the ballast to the in-line fuse, shall be 600 volt, pole
and bracket cable, 2 conductor, stranded-copper No. 10, Type HMW grade or better.
Conductor insulation shall consist of a 45-mil polyvinyl chloride with a 95-mil polyethylene
jacket.
Single conductors for street lighting shall be stranded copper with insulation conforming to
USE 600 volt minimum rated at 75 degree C and shall be color-coded in a consistent
manner throughout the project.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-6
A three-wire electrical service shall be used at 120/240 volts. The contractor shall have the
service inspected by the Department of Labor and Industry and coordinated with the Power
Company to have the service installed.
Overhead electrical service, when allowed, shall be brought to the load center through a
conduit riser with a weather head on the service pole.
Traffic Signals
1. Loop Lead-In Cable shall be #14 AWG and Pedestrian Push Button cable
shall be, #14 AWG, two conductor stranded copper, twisted approximately
two turns per foot. The conductors shall be covered with a foil shield and
protected with an outer jacket. The cable shall conform to IMSA Spec. No.
50-2.
2. Detector Loop Wire (sawcut) shall be No. 14 AWG class B stranded copper
wire with cross-linked polyethylene type USE insulation and conform to
IMSA Spec. 51-3.
3. The detector lead-in cable for Emergency Vehicle Preemption (EVP) shall be
3M OPTICOM Model 138 shielded detector cable or approved equivalent.
No splicing will be allowed between the detector and the controller cabinet.
4. Signal Interconnect Cable shall be copper or fiber as shown in the Plans. For
Copper the traffic signal interconnect system shall conform to REA Spec.
PE-38 (self-supporting combination signal cable and messenger cable) or
PE-39 for underground. The signal cable shall consist of 12 pair No. 19
AWG conductors. For fiber optic cable, the cable shall be single mode all
dielectric gel free loose tube single mode fiber optic with a minimum of 48
count.
5. Traffic Video Detection Camera Cable shall be a parallel construction of one
PVC-jacketed RG 59/U (Coaxial) and one PVC-jacketed five conductor
(Power) 18 AWG cable under an oval black flame retardant polyvinyl
chloride jacket meeting the requirements of the video detection system
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Video camera cable shall meet the following requirements, or approved equivalent meeting
the requirements of the video detection system manufacturer’s recommendations:
RG 59/U (Coaxial)
Conductor: 20 AWG solid bare copper 0.032.
Dielectric: 0.054 wall of gas injected foamed polyethelene to
0.140 nom.
Braid: 36 AWG bare copper with 95% coverage. Pull in
aluminum/polyester tape under braid.
Jacket: 0.035 wall black 75 degrees C polyvinyl chloride to
0.232 nom.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-7
18 AWG Cable (Power)
Conductor: 5-18 AWG bare copper 0.048.
Insulation: 0.012 wall polyvinyl chloride per the color code to
0.072 nom.
Cabling: Five 18 AWG conductors cabled together in a 3¼ left hand
lay to a nom. diameter of 0.194.
Jacket: 0.025 wall black 75 degrees C polyvinyl chloride to
0.244 nom.
Color Code: White, Red, Black, Brown, Blue.
Rating: Multi-conductor leg is rated at 600V.
9-29.3(1)A Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All fiber optic cable shall be ALTOS All-Dielectric Gel Free Cables by Corning, or approved
equivalent, per the following schedule:
Fiber Count Nominal Cable Weight Minimum Installed Bend Radius
(Ib/1000ft) (in)
12 49 4.1
48 49 4.1
288 131 7.2
All optical fibers shall be identifiable by standard color codes as defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-
598.
Fiber optic cable shall be tested according to Section 8-31.3 (Fiber Optic Cable Testing).
Splice cases shall be Corning, Tyco or approved equivalent.
(September 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(1)A Lighting & Signal Standards & Davit Arms
Lighting Standards
Lighting standards shall be aluminum, davit-style units in accordance with Section 9-29.6
(Light and Signal Standard) of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
Mounting heights for light fixtures shall be as noted on the Plans.
Lighting standards shall have 2 through-bolts where the davit arm intersects the pole in
accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Details. All poles to be furnished
shall maintain a minimum safety factor of 4.28 on yield strength of weight load and 2.33 for
basic wind pressure. All materials shall be natural polished aluminum color.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-8
A grounding nut or provision in the handhole frame for accommodating a threaded bolt for
the purpose of attaching a grounding connector shall be provided on the inside of the shaft.
After fabrication, the handhole shall have the mechanical strength of not less than the
temper of the material utilized for the manufacturer of the pole.
All bolts (not including Anchor Bolts), nuts, screws, and washers, shall be stainless steel,
unless designated otherwise.
VMS Support Structure
VMS Support structure shall meet the above stated criteria for traffic signal standards and
the dimensions and details included in the plans.
The following loads shall be used for design of the VMS sign pole and mast arm structure:
dead loads shall consist of the weight of the sign times a safety factor of two; wind loads
shall be taken as 30 PSF for the sign and 24 PSF for the supporting structure and,
(including the effect of gust and shape factors), on the greatest area of signs and structure
in any elevation view; live load may be omitted.
Signal Standard
A signal standard shall consist of the following components: a round tapered steel vertical
pole shaft, a round tapered horizontal mast arm, a davit style luminaire arm attachment,
anchor bolts with nuts, washers and all associated hardware.
The pole shaft and signal mast arm shall not vary in roundness more than 1/16 inch in
straight sections.
Longitudinal seam welds shall have full penetration for not less than 60% of their full length.
Butt welds in the shafts shall have back-up rings and full penetration for 100% of the
circumference. All welds shall be deburred.
Materials, construction and assembly techniques shall be as specified on the Standard
Plans and as shown in the Plans. All materials shall be hot-dipped galvanized after
fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-123.
Design shall be in accordance with the requirements of the 2011 AASHTO Standard
Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals
and the values on the Detail Sheet as shown in the Plans. Sizes on the Detail Sheet as
shown in the Plans shall govern in differences between the Standard Plan and the Detail
Sheet as shown in the Plans.
The following loads shall be used: dead loads shall consist of the weight of the signals and
signs times a safety factor of two; wind loads shall be taken as 30 PSF for the signals and
signs and 24 PSF for the supporting structure, (including the effect of gust and shape
factors), on the greatest area of signals, signs and structure in any elevation view; live load
may be omitted.
Complete calculations for structural design shall be submitted with the shop drawings for
approval before fabrication or ordering material. These calculations shall include the
stresses in the pole and cantilever arms, the attachment of the signals and signs to the
structure, the connection between the cantilever arms and vertical pole, pole section at
handhole, base plate, anchor bolts and foundations.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-9
Pole Shaft
The round tapered pole shaft shall be made of one-ply, hot-rolled basic open-hearth steel.
Structural steel having a minimum yield point of 33,000 psi or more shall be used for all
structural parts and shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-123.
A flange plate shall be attached to the vertical pole shaft for the purpose of mounting the
mast arm. The flange plate shall be supported by side plates tangent to the shaft and
gusset plates on top and bottom. A 3-inch wire way hole shall be provided (matching the
wire way hole in the mast arm flange plate). Four holes for mounting the mast arm shall be
drilled and tapped for high tensile bolts.
A 7” x 21” Internal Terminal Cabinet shall be constructed integral to the pole with a
stainless steel hinged door and a best slam lock. It shall be no lower than 4 ft 6” from the
ground.A 4-inch x 6½ inch reinforced hand hole frame and rain-tight cover with tamper
resistant screws shall be provided. The frame shall be welded into the shaft 18 inch above
the base plate on the opposite side of the mast arm attachment. A grounding nut or
provision for accommodating a threaded bolt or stud shall be provided in the frame.
A second hand hole shall be provided and welded into the shaft directly opposite the mast
arm mounting plate. A J-hook wire support shall be provided inside the pole shaft between
the frame and mast arm mounting plate.
Vehicle Signal Mast Arm
The vehicle signal mast arm shall be sized as shown on the Plans.
End caps shall be supplied and be weather tight and all unused tenons or holes shall be
plugged and sealed.
A mast arm flange plate matching the pole shaft flange plate shall be welded to the mast
arm base segment. The flange plate shall have a hole cut in the center equal to the outside
diameter of the mast arm base.
The flange plate shall be welded to the mast arm by two continuous arc welds, one on the
outside and the other on the inside. The outside weld shall be on top face of the flange
plate. The inside weld shall be in the gap between the bottom face of the mast arm and the
inside face of the flange hole.
Four holes for high tensile bolts shall be drilled in the flange plate matching the four tapped
holes in the pole shaft mast arm mounting flange plate.
For the purpose of mounting the traffic signal displays, 2 inch couplings shall be welded to
the mast arm extension segment at the locations specified on the Detail Sheet as shown in
the Plans. A ½ inch diameter hole shall be drilled in each coupling to allow for the thru-bolt.
Signal Pole Anchor Base
Four holes sized to receive the anchor bolts shall be drilled in the base. Slotted holes ¼
inch larger than the anchor bolt shall be permitted. Minimum bolt circle pattern shall be as
specified in the Plans.
Four high-strength anchor bolts A307 shall be furnished with each pole. Each anchor bolt
shall have an “L” bend at the bottom end or multiple anchor plates per the manufacturers
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-10
recommendation, and shall have 7-inch minimum thread on top. Anchor bolt dimensions
shall be per Detail Sheet as shown in the Plans or per Manufacturer's recommendations
whichever is larger. All anchor bolts shall be furnished with 2 heavy hex nuts, two standard
washers, bolt covers and provisions for mounting with stainless steel screws. Threaded
ends of bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM
A-123. The anchor bolts shall be capable of resisting at yield strength stress the bending
moment of this shaft at its yield strength stress.
Luminaire Attachment
Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans all traffic signal poles shall be equipped with davit
style luminaire arms as shown in the Plans. The davit style arm shall be secured to the top
of the pole shaft using a cone reducer providing a flush, smooth transition. From the cone
reducer the luminaire shaft shall be continuously tapered at the same rate as the pole shaft
while incorporating a 5-foot, 9-inch radius bend at the end. A pipe tenon of the diameter
and length specified for the luminaire shall be provided in the end of the davit arm. The
tenon shall be two degrees above level. Luminaires shall be adjusted to be parallel to the
roadway and shall follow the slope of the roadway on inclines/hills.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(1)B Wrapping
The aluminum pole shaft and bracket arm assembly shall be entirely wrapped with a
heavy, water-resistant paper for protection during shipment. Any marks or stain resulting
from wrapping materials shall be cause for rejection. Scratching, marking, denting, or other
damage to poles and fittings at the point of delivery shall also be cause for rejection.
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(2)A Anchor Bases
A one-piece anchor base of adequate strength, shape, and size shall be secured to the
lower end of the shaft so that the base shall be capable of resisting the bending movement
of the shaft at its yield-strength stress. The base shall be provided with 4 slotted or round
holes to receive the anchor bolts. Bolt covers shall be provided with each pole. Base
plates for Type II signal poles shall not exceed 18 ½ inches square.
9-29.6(4) Welding
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All welds shall be deburred.
9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware
(November 2029, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-11
Four high-strength steel anchor bolts shall be furnished with the poles. Threaded ends and
all nuts and washers shall be hot-dipped galvanized. The anchor bolts shall be capable of
resisting at yield-strength stress the bending movement of the shaft at its yield-strength
stress.
9-29.7 Luminaire Fusing & Electrical Connections at Light Standard
Bases, Cantilever Bases and Sign Bridge Bases
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Fuses shall be Bussmann Slow Blow or approved equivalent.
Fuse connector kits shall be SEC Model 1791-SF (2 each) or approved equivalent.
Connector kits to connect luminaires to the system in the junction box shall be SEC Model
1791-DP, or approved equivalent.
9-29.9 Ballast, Transformers
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The luminaire shall contain an integral high-power factor-regulator ballast suitable for 240-
volt operation with a 10% voltage variation. The ballast shall be prewired to the lamp
socket and terminal board, requiring only connection of the power supply leads to the
terminal board.
9-29.10 Luminaires
November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The LED Street Light Shall meet the following specifications;
Housing
Luminaire housing shall be die cast aluminum with integral cooling fins universal four-bolt
slip fitter for mounting to 11/4 ” to 2” (15/8” to 23/8” O.D.) diameter mast arm. Housing must
be similar shape to traditional cobra head. Housing meets ANSI C136.31-2001 and
CalTrans 611 vibration standards. Conductors from power supply to terminal block and
LED board must be spliced with quick style electrical disconnects Photocontrol receptacle
is standard for ANSI C136.41-2013, 7-pin, photocell by others. Fixture must be capable of
using either a 3-pin or 7-pin photocell with field adjustable drive current. Photocontrol shall
be rotatable without tools. Housing shall have a leveling bubble for adjusting the head.
Light Emitting Diodes
Hi-flux/Hi-power white LEDs shall produce a minimum of 90% of initial intensity at 100,000
hours of life at 700mA, TM-21 Calculator required. LEDs shall be tested in accordance with
IESNA LM-80 testing procedures. They shall have a mean correlated color temperature of
4000K (standard) ± 300K and a minimum CRI >70.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-12
Optical Systems
Micro-lens optical systems shall produce IESNA Type 2, and 3 distributions. Fixture shall
not use acrylic or plastic secondary exterior lens over the LEDs. Emitters shall be of single
LED per die design. Luminaire shall be classified as “full-cutoff” and produce 0% total
lumens above 90⁰ with a BUG rating of U-0.
Electrical
The Driver shall be dimmable. The power supply shall have a minimum power factor of .90
and <20% Total Harmonic Distortion (THD). Power supply drive current shall be field
adjustable without tools.
Finish
Housing shall receive a fade and abrasion resistant, epoxy polyester powder coat light gray
finish standard.
Accessories
Optional flush mounted house side and cul-de-sac shield shall be available. The house side
shield cuts off light at ½ mounting height behind the luminaire and the cul-de-sac shield
cuts light off ½ mounting height behind and 1 ½ mounting height on either side of the pole.
Both shields must be factory or field installable without the use of tools.
Listings/Ratings/Warranties
Luminaires shall be UL listed for use in wet locations in the United States and Canada.
Optical systems shall maintain an IP66 rating. Ten-year limited warranty is required for all
components. All units are listed by Design Lights Consortium (DLC).
Photometry
All luminaires shall be photometrically tested by certified independent testing laboratories in
accordance with IESNA LM-79 testing procedures.
Warranty
All luminaires shall have a Ten-year manufacturer’s product warranty to be free of defects
in workmanship and/or material. This warranty includes all electrical and mechanical
components including finish and gaskets. Failure of over 10% of the LEDs in the luminaire
during the warranty period will constitute a luminaire “failure”. Manufacturer will repair or
replace any units found to be defective or that fail within this period.
9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls
(April 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The photoelectric control shall be Vantage Point Lighting Control Module manufactured by
Sensus USA Inc.
9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-13
Approved copper splice “C” crimp connectors shall be used to connect bonding wires.
9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Loop lead-in wires shall be spliced at the junction box; with a waterproof splice leaving 10
feet each of loop wire and loop lead-in cable for future work. The connection shall be made
using compression sleeves sealed with black 50-mm wide, ethylene propylene rubber
mastic tape.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.12(6) Sealants
Loop detector sealant specifically manufactured for loop wire shall be used to imbed the
loop wire into the pavement and fill the sawcut to within 1/16 inch of the top of the
pavement. Sealant shall completely cover the foam backer rod.
Loop Sealant shall be:
1. Crafco Loop Detector Sealant 271;
2. Max Cutter Seal No. 3;
3. 3M Black 5000; or
4. Engineer approved equivalent.
Installation shall conform to the manufacturer recommendations.
9-29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The entire controller cabinet, complete with all auxiliary equipment, shall be delivered to the
City of Auburn Maintenance & Operation facility, located at 1305 C Street SW, for testing in
the Traffic Signal Shop. The period of testing shall be for a minimum of 2 weeks in duration
and is intended to demonstrate the operation of all equipment. Any deficiencies or
equipment failures discovered shall be corrected by the Contractor, at his expense.
In the event that it is not possible for the City and the Contractor to agree on the cause of a
malfunction, the City's decision shall be binding.
The successful completion of the performance test will constitute acceptance of the
equipment by the City.
9-29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
General
The traffic signal controller shall be the Cobalt model by Econolite.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-14
9-29.13(6) Emergency Preemption
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Emergency Preemption System equipment shall be compatible with the operational
requirements of the existing Opticom brand (3M Company) emitters, detectors, and phase
selectors owned by the City.
9-29.13(10) NEMA, Type 170E, 2070 Controllers and Cabinets
(December 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Section 9-29.13(10) including title is replaced with the following:
9-29.13(10) Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Unit
Controller cabinet furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be one of the following
types, as specified in the Plans:
Western Systems Modified P-Plus Cabinet Requirements
Western Systems controller cabinets shall be NEMA TS-2 Type 1 P style cabinet
per the City of Auburn approved Western Systems Part # 3012500000 with Alpha
BBS. The cabinet shall be fully loaded with BIU’s, MMU Smart Monitor, 16 detector
cards, load switches, and a GTT 3M 764 Opticom.
Econolite P 44 Cabinet Requirements
Econolite controller cabinets shall be NEMA Type 2 TS-1 P style cabinet per City of
Auburn approved Econolite part #166799B. The cabinet shall be fully loaded with
BIU’s, MMU SmartMonitor, 16 detector cards, load switches, and a GTT 3M 764
opticom.
The cabinet shall meet the following additional requirements:
Wired and tested to the 2003 NEMA Traffic Controller Assemblies specification
with NTCIP Requirements Version 02.06 (as amended herein).
Equipped with all auxiliary equipment and plug-ins required to operate 8 vehicle
phases, 4 pedestrian phases and 4 overlap phases (NEMA TS-2, Type 1).
Designed for 16 channel operation where each load switch socket can be
configured for a vehicle phase, pedestrian phase or overlap operation. These
load switch sockets shall be configured in this manor without rewiring the back
side of the load-bay. BIU load switch drivers 1-16 shall be wired to appropriate
load switch sockets via a terminal block located on the front side of the load bay
so as to allow checking voltage inputs to the load switch sockets without
dropping the load bay.
Wired for up to a minimum of (32) channels of detection, (4) channels of
Opticom™ preemption.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-15
The complete cabinet assembly with electronics shall undergo complete
input/output function testing by the manufacturer before being released to the
City of Auburn.
Field Terminal Labels
Field terminals shall be labeled with City of Auburn numbering as well as
manufacturers.
Device Labeling
Every module or device shall have affixed thereto; permanent nametags or
nameplates stating the component's function within the composite signal control
system. Specifically each loop detector unit shall be labeled, so as to indicate
the loop numbers connected to each channel. The front of the shelf where each
item is to be placed shall have a similar label so those items can be replaced
during maintenance in an expedient fashion.
Schematics, Software and Manuals
The controller cabinet shall have a waterproof envelope with a side access
attached to the inside of the cabinet door. At the time of delivery, the envelope
shall have one complete set of schematics and manuals for each assembly and
subassembly located in the cabinet, and a complete wiring diagram for the
cabinet and the controller assembly. In addition, a duplicate copy of the above
shall be provided to the City of Auburn Traffic Engineering Section.
Fiber Optic Patch Panels
Where fiber optic connections are shown in the Plans, the fiber patch panel shall
be a pre-terminated Corning 12 port Single-Panel Housing (SPH-01P) with a 12
ct pigtail and corning buffer tube fanout kit and Unicam SC connectors.
9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the first sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
Backplates shall be constructed of 5-inch-wide, .050-inch-thick corrosion-resistant flat black
finish, louvered aluminum, attached with stainless steel hardware.
9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicle signal head housings shall be rigid mount type M.
9-29.16(2)A Optical Units
(April 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The LED’s shall have a 15 year manufacturer’s warranty. The LED shall be Dialight Light
Emitting Diode (LED). Part numbers for Dialight LEDs are as follows:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-16
Size Description Part Number
12 inch RED Ball 433-1210-003XL15
12 inch AMBER Ball 433-3230-901XL15
12 inch GREEN Ball 433-2220-001XL15
12 inch RED Arrow 432-1314-001XOD15
12 inch AMBER Arrow 431-3334-901XOD15
12 inch GREEN Arrow 432-2374-001XOD15
12 inch GREEN/AMBER Arrow 430-6370-001
12 inch AMBER/AMBER
Flashing Arrow)
430-6370-805
9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
Traffic signal heads shall be finished with two coats of dark green (SAE AMS Standard
595) oven baked powder coating comprised of resins and pigments.
9-29.18 Vehicle Detector
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicle detectors shall be 2 channel rack mount style and compliant with NEMA TS1 and
TS2 standards. They shall be capable of auto tuning and be able to withstand
temperatures ranging from minus 40 degrees to plus 80 degrees C. They shall have a
minimum of 15 sensitivity levels, 4 frequencies plus sequential scanning to avoid crosstalk,
and have pulse and short and long presence modes. They shall have separate detect and
fault LED’s on the front face.
9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons
(December 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
The Pedestrian Push Button Assembly shall be Guardian APS manufactured by H.D.
Campbell Company, 1486 NW 70th Street, Seattle, WA 98117 and shall be black in color
with a white button.
Specifics of voice programming shall be provided as part of the submittal review and
subject to the Engineer’s approval prior to submittal acceptance.
APS push button stations shall include a control module that the Contractor shall install in
corresponding pedestrian signal head and manufacturer-supplied multi-conductor
interconnect cable that the Contractor shall install per the manufacturer’s recommendations
between the control module and push button station.
9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-17
Pedestrian signals shall be a LED, filled hand/walking person countdown display.
The maximum overall dimensions of the signal shall be 19 inch wide by 18¾ inch high by
8¾ inch deep, including the egg crate Z type visor and hinges. The signal shall be
furnished complete and ready to operate. In order to facilitate installation and
maintenance, the signal shall be designed so that all components are readily accessible
from the front by opening the door.
Each signal shall be provided with an egg crate visor constructed of polycarbonate
material. The egg crate or “Z” crate type sun shield, if used, shall be held in place by the
use of stainless steel screws. The complete egg crate or “Z” crate assembly shall be 1½
inch deep.
The case shall be one-piece corrosion resistant aluminum alloy die-casting. Integrally cast
hinge lug pairs, two at the top and two at the bottom of each case, shall be provided for
operation of a swing door down. The unit shall be mounted with Type E mountings unless
indicated otherwise on the attached Plans. All terminal compartments shall be either
ferrous metal or bronze.
Pedestrian signal heads shall be Dialight ITE compliant Light Emitting Diode (LED) or
approved equivalents.
(December 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.22 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB)
The contractor shall provide and install a hardwired 120 volt power Rectangular Rapid
Flashing Beacon (RRFB) with hardwire communication between the multiple beacons. The
beacons shall conform to the latest MUTCD.
The RRFB shall utilize two frontside LEDs that are approximately 5” by 2” and a minimum
of 7” apart. They shall be double sided where shown in the plans. There shall be end
mounted indicator flashers in the direction of the pedestrian crossing only. The system shall
utilize the black Campbell AGPS pushbutton with modified 5” x 7” yellow R10-25 MUTCD
signs.
The pole shall be a 4 1/2” OD Galvanized steel or aluminum pipe threaded at one end to fit
a square pedestal 4 bolt aluminum frangible pole base. The top of the 4 ½” pole shall be
capped with a waterproof factory cap. The four bolt concrete foundation shall be a
minimum of 18” round by 3 feet deep and meet the manufacturers recommendations.
Equipment enclosures shall be mounted out of reach above or behind the pedestrian
signage.
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.23 Video Detection Cameras
The Video Detection System shall be Econolite Vision or Trafficon by Kar-Gor and the
presence detector boards shall be Trafficon VIP3D.2, which monitors only two cameras.
Both systems shall include built in ethernet communication for our ITS system.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-18
The cameras shall be located as indicated on the Plans. Cameras shall be mounted on
signal mast arms as shown in the Plans utilizing Pelco Extended Tilt & Pan pole mount, for
installation on the signal arm with cable mount and 72-inch tube or approved equivalent.
The cable mount shall be suitable for the mast arm diameter at each camera installation
location.
The camera housings and internal cameras shall be the latest approved models.
9-29.24 Service Cabinets
(November 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Service cabinet shall be a metered aluminum Skyline Electric Series 47700-A1-R1, with
Underwriters Laboratory label on the panel boards as in accordance with the applicable
City of Auburn Standard Details. The service cabinet shall comply with all requirements of
Puget Sound Energy and Washington State Labor and Industries. It shall be the
Contractor’s responsibility to obtain these requirements and ensure that the cabinet
complies with the requirements. The service cabinet shall be equipped with a stainless
steel handle, a three-point locking system, and a Best six-tumbler mortise cabinet lock with
dead bolt.
Two copper ground rods shall be installed per WSDOT and the NEC.
The cabinet shall contain the following branch breakers as applicable:
20 AMP 2 pole Lighting Circuit A
20 AMP 2 pole Lighting Circuit B
30 AMP 1 pole Traffic Signal
100 AMP 2 pole Main
(October 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section:
9-29.26 Traffic Signal Battery Backup System
All battery backup power units shall utilize the newest Alpha Inverter/Charger unit,
complete with associated remote control display panel.
Batteries shall be connected utilizing approved quick-connect modular battery connectors.
Battery cable sizing shall be appropriate for the type and quantity of batteries supplied.
Batteries shall be 12 Volts DC, 110 amp hour minimum, absorbed glass mat type, group
27. Batteries shall meet or exceed specification MIL B-8565J (Sec 4.6.22). There shall be
4 batteries supplied by the Contractor.
All battery backup power units shall possess an AC voltage bypass/disconnect switch or
relay. The bypass/disconnect method shall couple the normal AC power source directly to
the signal controller cabinet, while completely isolating the inverter/charger unit from the
circuit.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-19
(November 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section:
9-29.27 CCTV System
CCTV cameras shall be Cohu Rise 1080P HD camera model # 4260 with power over
Ethernet. The Camera shall come with a Cohu supplied POE + injector.
The camera cable pigtail may have to be a custom length to construct the drip loop per the
camera mounting details.
The ethernet switches shall be shelf mount Ruggedcom RS900G gigabit ethernet switches
with SM fiber ports and necessary 120 volt power cords and ethernet cords and jumpers.
Camera mounting equipment shall be Pelco pole mounts and Tri-brac mast arm mounts
and other equipment and hardware as shown in the plans and as required for a complete
and operational CCTV camera system. The signal pole mount may have to be modified as
shown in the plans.
(November 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section:
9-29.28 Variable Message Sign System
Major elements of the variable message sign (VMS) system shall consist of the variable
message sign, sign structure, foundation and ground-mounted VMS field cabinet including
the VMS controller, Alpha Battery Backup, compact batteries, fiber optic patch panel,
ethernet switch, power supply, and associated equipment. Conduit, junction boxes and
wiring/cabling to connect the sign, controller and various components of the system shall
be per the manufacturer’s requirements.
VMS Display and Housing
The sign display shall be supplied by one of the following vendors:
Daktronics, Inc.
331 32nd Ave.
P.O. Box 5128
Brookings, SD 57006-5128
Tel: (888) 325-8726
Email: transportation@daktronics.com
The sign display shall be a continuous matrix of amber LED pixels, with a minimum of
18 pixels high and 75 pixels wide with a pitch of 44 mm to 48 mm. Each pixel shall be
made from a grouping of amber light emitting diodes and contain no moving parts. The
matrix of pixels shall be capable of displaying a messages with 2 lines of 12-inch text,
12 characters long.. The sign display and other associated VMS components shall permit
a test message using all pixels (1350 min.) simultaneously running at the maximum
brightness and 100 percent duty.
The sign display shall provide front service for all LED display modules, electronics, power
supplies, environmental control equipment, air filters, wiring, and other internal VMS
components.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-20
The nominal external dimensions of the sign shall not exceed 13.0 feet in width, 4.0 feet in
height, and 1.5 feet in depth. The VMS back and side housing walls shall be vertical.
Display modules shall be parallel to the front VMS wall, so that use of the LED viewing
cone is optimized. The dead load of the housing and contents shall not exceed 600 lbs.
VMS housing exterior sheet material shall be 5052 aluminum alloy and shall have a
minimum thickness of 0.125 inches. Exterior sheet seams shall be chemically bonded or
continuously welded and waterproof. VMS housing structural frame members (I-beams, C-
channels, Zee-extrusions, and bar stock) shall be aluminum alloy number 6061-T6.
VMS housings shall be constructed to present a clean, neat appearance, and the
equipment located within shall be protected from rain, snow, dirt, and corrosion. Weep
holes shall be fabricated in a manner which prevents the entrance of insects.
The front of the LED display matrix shall be completely covered with polycarbonate
sheeting that is weather tight, ultraviolet (UV) light protected, non-glare, and which has a
minimum thickness of 0.11 inches. To achieve maximum display contrast and legibility, the
outside of the polycarbonate sign face shall be fully covered with a mask, which is formed
from aluminum sheeting. The mask shall have a minimum thickness of 0.09 inches and
shall contain a circular opening for each pixel. The openings shall not hinder the 15° half-
angle LED viewing angle (30° inclusive viewing cone). All exposed metal on the VMS front
face, which is visible to viewing motorists, shall be coated with black Kynar 500 resin or an
equivalent oven-fired fluoropolymer-based coating having a minimum outdoor service life of
20 years. This shall include the aluminum face mask, the aluminum border outside the
LED display matrix, and all the mounting and assembly hardware.
All VMS equipment, components, modular assemblies and other non-structural elements of
the sign shall be removable, transportable, and capable of being installed by a single
technician utilizing a one-person aerial lift truck.
Ribbon cable shall be protected at all points of physical contact where it touches metallic
frameworks. Either the ribbon cable or the frame, or both, shall be wrapped with a
protective covering where the cable touches the framework, to prevent cable insulation
rub-through from road induced vibration in the sign framework.
The interior VMS environment shall be monitored and controlled by the sign controller.
Environmental control shall be designed to maintain the internal VMS temperature at or
below +140°F when the outdoor ambient temperature is at or below +115°F. The VMS
environmental control system shall consist of four primary subsystems as follows:
Internal Temperature Sensors and Cooling/Heating Systems
The VMS shall contain two internally-mounted temperature sensors which are equipped
with external thermocouples and which the sign controller continuously monitors. This
temperature information shall be used by the sign controller to determine when to activate
and deactivate the environmental control systems described herein. Sensors shall be
located on opposite ends of the upper 1/3 of the LED display matrix, and their external
thermocouples shall be attached to and make contact with an LED pixel circuit board.
The thermocouple and LED board shall be easily detached, in the event that one of the
units requires removal and replacement. Sensors shall be capable of measuring
temperatures from -40°F to +185°F. The sign controller shall automatically shut down the
LED display whenever one or both sensors indicate that LED board temperature has
exceeded +140°F. The sign controller shall automatically restart the LED display whenever
the suspect temperature falls below +130°F. Both shutdown and re-start temperature
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-21
thresholds shall be user-programmable. Sensor temperatures and VMS shutdown/re-start
events shall be reportable to the VMS Central Software.
LED Display Cooling System
The VMS shall contain a ventilation system to monitor and control internal cabinet
temperature with user-programmable temperature thresholds. This system shall be
comprised of fan-forced air to control ventilation in the cabinet. . The sign controller shall
initially be programmed to activate the LED cooling fan system based on the
manufacturer’s recommendations for the application(s) on this project. Cooling fans shall
be located so as not to hinder removal of LED display modules and driver boards.
Front Face Panel Defog/Defrost System - The VMS shall contain a defog/defrost system
which circulates warm, fan-forced air across the inside of the polycarbonate front face
whenever LED board temperature falls below a user-programmable threshold. The air
source shall consist of a fan or fans that provide uniform airflow across the polycarbonate
face panel.
The sign controller shall initially be programmed to activate the defog/defrost system
whenever LED board temperature falls below +40°F and shall deactivate the defog/defrost
system whenever LED board temperature exceeds +105°F. A 100-watt heating element
shall be mounted in front of each defog/defrost fan and shall serve to warm the air directed
across the VMS face. Heating elements shall be on only when the defog/defrost fans are
on.
VMS Mounting Hardware
A VMS, sign structure and foundation are included in the construction. The sign housing
shall be provided with all necessary hardware including sign mounting beams, vertical and
horizontal brackets, maintenance walkways, and all related hardware to install the VMS.
The VMS housing, structural framing, face covering, and mounting members shall be
designed to withstand a wind velocity of 100 mph with a 30 percent gust factor and shall
otherwise comply with the latest requirements of AASHTO’s Standard Specifications for
Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals.
VMS Sign Structure
The VMS sign structure shall be as specified for VMS Support Structure Special Provision
9-29.6(1)A.
Ground-mounted VMS Field Cabinet
The field cabinet shall be as specified in Section 9-29.13(10) and shall contain the VMS
sign controller, Alpha Battery Backup, Compact batteries, ethernet switch and fiber optic
patch panel for communication with the City of Auburn fiber optic ITS network.
VMS Sign Controller
Each VMS shall include an associated sign controller, which shall be installed in the field
cabinet.
To support the VMS and VMS controller functions, they shall be provided with two serial
communication ports.
One communication port shall be used to connect a laptop to the controller. The interface
shall be wired as a 9-pin, EIA-232 DCE port. The port shall connect to a laptop computer
using a straight-through 9-pin cable. One cable shall be supplied for each VMS installed in
this contract.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-22
The second communication port is for remote control of the sign from the central computer.
The interface shall be wired as a 9-pin, EIA-232 DTE serial port. This port shall be
connected to a communication interface (modem) specified elsewhere in this contract. A
cable shall be supplied to connect the VMS communication port to the modem port (the
modem port may be a non-standard pin-out and require a custom-made cable).
The sign controller hardware and software shall support all VMS communication, control,
and diagnostic features as listed herein.
Memory
Sign controllers shall have both permanent and semi-permanent memory.
Permanent memory shall be EE-PROM integrated circuits and shall contain the
executable sign controller software. Semi-permanent memory shall be RAM
integrated circuits with a battery backup that retains the data in memory for a
minimum of one year following a power failure. Semi-permanent memory shall
contain the library of messages, the message display schedule and programmable
operating parameters. Each message shall have the capability to be defined and
stored as a three-page message.
Power Interruptions
Contents of the sign controller’s memory shall be preserved by battery backup
during AC power interruptions and the controller shall automatically resume
operation once AC power is restored. Upon recovering from a power interruption,
the sign controller shall display the message identified by the Power Recovery
Message parameter. The sign controller shall report to the central computer that it
has recovered from a power interruption.
Sign Controller Software
The sign controller shall cause the desired message to be displayed on the VMS.
The sign shall display alphanumeric character fonts. The sign controller shall
provide a default value for each NTCIP object supported.
Message Selection
The central computer or laptop computer shall cause the sign controller to
implement a message selected from those stored in controller memory, or a new
message entered via the communication port.
The sign controller shall incorporate CRC checks to verify MULTI strings. The sign
shall not display a message unless the Message Activation Code CRC matches the
Message CRC.
A message shall remain displayed on the sign until either a command to change the
current message or a command to blank the display is received. A command to
display a message shall not succeed if the activation priority is less than the run
time priority of the message currently displayed.
Data Transmission Requirements
Each sign controller shall contain two communication ports. Each communication
port shall be labeled (“Local” or “Central”) and shall be set to 9600 baud at the
factory. Each port shall operate independently at baud rates of 1200, 2400, 9600,
and 19,200 bits per second. The user shall select the baud rate for each port via a
DIP switch.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-23
Communication
The sign controller hardware and software shall communicate with the central
computer in a polled multi-drop operation. In the polled multi-drop operation,
several sign controllers shall share the same communication channel, with each
controller assigned a unique ID number. Controller ID numbers shall conform to the
NTCIP requirements for address numbers. A sign controller shall only reply to
messages labeled with its ID. In polled multi-drop mode, sign controllers never
initiate communication, but merely transmit their responses to messages from the
central computer.
A laptop computer connected to the sign controller’s local communication port shall
have the same control and diagnostic capabilities as the central computer.
However, local laptop control capability shall be limited to the VMS which is directly
connected to that sign controller.
NTCIP Requirements
The sign controller software shall comply with the National Transportation
Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP) documents and all related errata sheets
published before July 1, 1999 and as referenced herein.
The sign controller software shall support the following standards:
1. NTCIP 1101, Simple Transportation Management Framework
(STMF), Conformance Level 1 (Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP))
2. NTCIP 2001, Class B Profile. All serial ports on the device shall
support communications according to these standards.
3. NTCIP 2101, SP-PMPP/RS232 Point-to-Multi-Point Protocol (PMPP)
4. NTCIP 2201, NTCIP TP-Null Transport Profile Null (TP-NULL)
The sign controller software shall implement all mandatory objects of all mandatory
conformance groups as defined in NTCIP 1201, Global Object Definitions, and
NTCIP 1203, Object Definitions for Dynamic Message Signs. Software shall
implement the following conformance groups:
NTCIP 1203, Object Definitions for DMS
1. VMS Sign Configuration
2. MULTI Configuration
3. Default Message Control
4. Pixel Service Control
5. MULTI Error Control
6. Sign Status
7. Status Error
8. Pixel Error Status
9. Lamp Error Status
10. Fan Error Status
11. Power Status
12. Temperature Status
The software shall implement the following optional objects:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-24
NTCIP 1203, Object Definitions for DMS
1. dmsMessageBeacon
2. dmsMessagePixelService
3. dmsCommunicationsLossMessage
4. dmsPowerLossMessage
5. dmsTimeCommLoss
6. dmsMultiOtherErrorDescription
7. dmsStatDoorOpen
8. fanFailures
9. fanTestActivation
10. lineVolts
11. tempMaxSignHousing
Objects required by these specifications shall support all values within its
standardized range. The standardized range is defined by a size, range, or
enumerated listing indicated in the object’s SYNTAX field and/or through descriptive
text in the object’s description field. The following list indicates the modified object
requirements for these objects.
Object Name Object ID
Minimum
Requirements
Number of Fonts numFonts 9
Maximum Characters per
Font
maxFontCharacters 255
Default Background Color defaultBackgroundColor 0
Default Foreground Color defaultForegroundColor 9
Default Justification Line defaultJustificationLine 2, 3, and 4
Default Justification Page defaultJustificationPage 2, 3, and 4
Number of Permanent
Msgs.
DmsNumPermanentMsg.2
Maximum No. Changeable
Msg.
DmsMaxChangeableMsg.8
Maximum Number Volatile
Msg. *
dmsMaxVolatileMsg.8
Control Mode dmsControlMode 2, 4, and 5
*Changeable messages in excess of the minimum requirement are
considered to meet the specification for an equivalent number of Volatile
messages.
The first permanent message shall be used to blank the sign display. The second
permanent message shall be the diagnostic message.
Sign controller software shall implement the following tags (opening and closing
where defined) of the Mark-Up Language for Transportation Information (MULTI) as
defined in NTCIP 1203:
1. Flash
2. Font
3. Justification Line
4. Justification Page
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-25
5. Moving Text
6. New Line
7. New Page
8. Page Time
Documentation
Software shall be supplied with all documentation on 1.44Mb IBM-compatible
diskette(s). ASCII versions of the following Management Information Base (MIB)
files in Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ASN.1) format shall be provided on CD-ROM:
1. The official MIB Module referenced by the device functionality.
2. A manufacturer-specific version of the official MIB Module with the
non-standardized range indicated in the SYNTAX field. The filename shall
match the official MIB Module, with the extension “spc”.
3. A MIB Module of all manufacturer-specific objects supported by the device
with accurate and meaningful DESCRIPTION fields and the supported
ranges indicated in the SYNTAX field.
Control Software
This work shall consist of furnishing Variable Message Sign (VMS) control software.
The control software shall be a 32-bit application, designed to operate on Microsoft
Windows NT, 98, or 2000 operating system. The control software shall provide
for command and control of the following functions:
VMS Control
Software shall retrieve, display, update and download/upload the following
functional parameters to the local sign controller in response to user-initiated
instructions. The sign controller shall not perform pixel service tests when VMS are
displaying messages. Software shall perform the following operations in
conjunction with its monitoring and logging functions:
Display a message
Blank the current message
Change message priority
Pixel service, lamp and fan tests
Set time and date in the sign controller
Retrieve sign controller ID, type, and manufacturer
Communications
Communications between the control software and sign controller shall be NTCIP
compliant, as indicated in the Special Provision for Variable Message Sign System.
The control software shall verify all communications for errors. If a response from a
sign controller contains a communication error, or if there is no response, the
Control Software shall re-establish communications.
Data Collection
The control software shall retrieve errors detected, message number currently being
displayed, and current message priority. Using different commands, the software
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-26
shall retrieve message MULTI strings, a map of defective pixels, the time and date,
the event schedule, and configuration parameters.
Message Library
The control software shall store messages and transfer messages to a sign for
storage and/or display. When a user desires to send a message to a sign, the
control software shall offer as choices only those messages compatible with the
sign in question. The control software shall allow message names of up to 25
characters in length. If the selected name already exists, the software shall notify
the user and give the option of replacing the existing message or selecting another
name.
The control software shall display all character fonts supported by the Variable
Message Sign System. Messages shall be displayed on the computer monitor in
exactly the same format (font, text centering and justification) as on the Variable
Message Sign.
Software Duplication Rights
The City of Auburn shall have the right to duplicate the Variable Message Sign
Control Software as needed for use in controlling signs under its jurisdiction.
Documentation
The Contractor shall furnish 1 copy of the Control Software user manuals to the
Engineer. In addition, 2 sets of the software, installation program, instructions and
user manual shall be furnished on CD ROM or diskettes to the Engineer.
9-30 Water Distribution Materials
9-30.1 Pipe
9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The third sentence of the first paragraph in the list is revised to read:
All other ductile iron pipe shall be Special Thickness Class 52.
9-30.2 Fittings
9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
(September 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All pipe fittings, adapters and joints for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron designed to
AWWA Specification (unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer) with sufficient
tangent at the ends to allow for proper joint connections and shall be coated to give them
protection equal to that of the pipe. Field fabricated fittings will not be permitted. Flexible
couplings shall be of the style as required for specific application.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-27
9-30.2(6) Restrained Joints
(September 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Bolted restrained joint (R.J.) fittings shall be Megalug, RomaGrip, Star, or approved
alternate. All welding associated with the restraint system shall be performed in the pipe
manufacturer’s shop. No field welding will be permitted.
Mechanical joint restrain systems shall meet the following requirements:
Restrainers shall be manufactured of ductile iron and shall meet or exceed all the
requirements of ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111) and ASTM A536. The restrainer system shall
provide anchoring ductile iron pipe and fittings, valves and PVC pipe to mechanical joint
pipe or fittings, or bell to spigot PVC pipe joints. The restrainer shall accommodate the full
working pressure rating of the pipe plus surge allowance. In the assembly of the restrain
device, the contractor shall tighten the bolts to the correct torque range as recommended
by the restraint manufacturer. The restrainers shall be painted black for ductile iron pipe
and painted red for PVC pipe applications. The restraining device shall not damage or
lower the working pressure of the pipe installed. Restrainers shall be properly stored to
minimize sand and debris build-up. Specifically, the twist-off-screws and associated threads
shall be clean (free of sand) prior to installation.
Restrainer specifically for ductile iron pipe may be restrained by utilizing a joint restraint
gasket which includes a stainless steel locking segment vulcanized into the rubber gasket.
The gasket shall be rated for operating pressures up to 250 psi based on the performance
requirements of ANSI/ AWWA C111/ A21.11.
9-30.3 Valves
9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3-inches to 16-inches)
(December 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Resilient wedge gate valves shall be used on all 12 inch and smaller water lines and shall
be manufactured by Clow, Kennedy, American Flow Control, Waterous, M&H or Mueller
with epoxy-coated valve interiors. The valves shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Specifications
C509 or C515 with a 200 psi working pressure rating (minimum). They shall be iron
bodied, bronze-mounted, non-rising stem and counterclockwise opening with a 2 inch
square operating nut. All valves on the fire hydrant line(s) shall be 6 inch diameter
mechanical joint by flange. All other valves shall be either mechanical joint by flange or
Mechanical joint shackled to tees or crosses. Valve stems shall be provided with O-ring
seals.
9-30.3(3) Butterfly Valves
(December 2020, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Butterfly valves conforming to AWWA Specification C504, Class 150B shall have
Mechanical joint ends and be rated at 150 psi or higher working pressure and shall be
manufactured by Mueller, Clow, M&H, or Kennedy. Operator shall have standard AWWA 2
inch square nut.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-28
9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Valve boxes shall be two-piece, adjustable, cast-iron (with additional extension pieces, if
necessary), as manufactured by the Olympic Foundry Company, East Jordan Iron Works,
or approved equivalent, with a minimum inside diameter of 5 inch. The word “WATER”
shall be cast in relief on the top of all valve box covers. In addition, the letters “NC” shall be
cast in place on valve box covers for those valves that are normally closed. Valve box
covers shall have a deep skirt.
9-30.3(7) Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum
(September 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read:
The body and cover shall be ductile iron.
9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Tapping sleeves and valves shall conform to the following:
1. For wet taps on mains 12 inch diameter and larger or size-on-size, the
tapping sleeve shall be the full M.J. type, cast-iron, twin seal as
manufactured by Mueller, Tyler, Taylor, M&H, or epoxy-coated fabricated-
steel, as manufactured by JCM, Rockwell or approved equivalent;
2. For wet taps on mains 10 inch diameter and smaller, or at least 2 inch
diameter smaller than the main size, the tapping sleeve shall be the
wraparound style, stainless steel or epoxy-coated fabricated-steel, or cast-
iron M.J. as manufactured by Romac, Ford, M&H, Rockwell, Smith Blair, or
approved equivalent.
9-30.5 Hydrants
(September 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Fire hydrants shall have two 2½ inch hose ports (National Standard Thread) and one 4½
inch pumper port (National Standard Thread) with caps and no chains, 1¼ inch pentagonal
operating nut (counterclockwise) opening, O-ring-type stuffing box, automatic barrel drain,
and 5¼ inch valve opening. Hydrants shall be equipped with a 5 inch Storz adapter with
blind cap, or approved equivalent. Hydrants shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA
Specification C502 for dry-barrel fire hydrants for ordinary water service.
Hydrants shall be Mueller “Super Centurion 250” or M&H Style 129.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-29
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section including subsections:
9-37 Filter Fabric
9-37.1 Filter Fabric for Infiltration Systems
(September 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Filter fabric for permanent infiltration systems shall be a non-woven, needle punched
polypropylene geotextile fabric meeting the requirements of AASHTO M-288-06 for class 3
applications.
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section including subsections:
9-38 Submittal Approval
9-38.1 Submittals
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This section applies to all items that are required to be submitted to the Engineer for
review, approval, and acceptance, including, but not limited to:
Non-Material Submittals (i.e haul routes, Traffic Control Plans (TCP’s), requests for
substitution, breakdown of lump sum items, schedules, road closure requests,
material product samples, color palettes or swatches, warranty documentation,
Operations and Maintenance (O&M) manuals, Spill Prevention, Control, and
Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan, Stormwater Pollution Prevention (SWPP) Plan,
schedule of submittals, etc.);
Material Submittals (i.e. Request for Approval of Material (RAM) or Request for use
of an item on the WSDOT Qualified Product List (QPL)); and
Material Acceptance Documentation (i.e. Certification of Material Origin (CMO),
Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance (MCC), miscellaneous certificates of
compliance, mill and test reports, Catalog Cuts, Shop Drawings, Visual Acceptance,
Reduced Acceptance Criteria, Sampling and Testing, etc.).
9-38.1(1) Submittal Transmittal Procedures
(November 2019D, City of Auburn GSP)
All submittals shall be made electronically and shall be transmitted via e-mail to
devsubmittals@auburnwa.gov. The e-mail subject line of electronic submittals shall include
the following: <<<Project Number>>>, <<<Project Name>>> - <<<Submittal Title>>>.
Each electronic email shall be limited to 10 MB’s in size. All electronic submittals shall be
clear, sharp high contrast electronic files provided in Microsoft Word 2016, Microsoft Excel
2016, PDF, or other Engineer approved formats.
In the event the Contractor cannot meet the 10 MB’s size limit for a specific submittal, the
Contractor may request to submit the individual submittal to the City as a hardcopy. Such
requests shall be made in writing and include an explanation of why the Contractor is
requesting to make a hardcopy submittal(s). It will be at the Engineer’s sole discretion
whether the request to submit hard copy submittals is approved and no additional
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-30
compensation or time extension shall be granted in relation to the Engineer’s decision.
Hardcopy submittals shall be either mailed to the City of Auburn Public Works Department
at 25 West Main St, Auburn, WA 98001 or dropped off at the City of Auburn Customer
Service Center located on the 2nd floor of the One East Main St, Auburn WA 98001
building.
9-38.1(2) Request for Submittal Approval (RSA) Form
Instructions
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
All submittals shall accompany a City of Auburn “Request for Submittal Approval” (RSA)
form as a cover letter.
The City provided RSA form is a writable Portable Document Format (PDF) form and shall
remain writable until the City returns the signed reviewed submittal. Any submittals made
without this form or without all of the required information on the form filled out by the
Contractor shall be rejected without review. No additional compensation or time extension
shall be granted for a Contractor not supplying this form as a cover letter for their submittals
or for an improperly filled out form.
The RSA form shall be completed by the Contractor as follows:
1. For any item being submitted to the City for review and approval for the first time,
check the “New Submittal” box. The City will assign the item a submittal number.
For items that have been previously submitted and require a re-submittal, check the
“Re-submittal of No. ___” box and fill in the submittal number that was assigned by
the City to the original submittal. For submittals that are providing Material
Acceptance Documentation for a submittal that has been previously made, the
Contractor shall check the “Material Acceptance Documentation for Submittal
No.___” box and fill in the submittal number that was assigned by the City for which
the Contractor is supplying the acceptance documentation for.
2. Fill in the FAC or Permit Number and Project Name;
3. Fill in the Date the Submittal was transmitted to the City;
4. Provide the Contractor’s name and, if applicable, the name of Subcontractor or
supplier who prepared the submittal;
5. The Contractor is strongly encouraged to submit only one material or item per RSA
form, however if more than one material or item is listed on the form then provide a
General Submittal Title that is applicable to the group. If only one material or item is
submitted on the form then provide the same name described in bullet point number
8 for the General Submittal Title.
Do not group non-like materials or items on the same form.
Do not group multiple bid item numbers for the same material. In instances
where a material is applicable to multiple bid item numbers, then list that
material for as many times as there are bid item numbers (For instance, if
Crushed Surfacing Top Course is the material being submitted on, and this
material is applicable to bid item numbers 27 and 56, then this material shall
be listed twice on the RSA form).
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-31
6. When applicable, provide the Bid Item number the submittal is referencing;
7. Provide a submittal description (be specific). For material submittals, provide the
Type of Material, the Manufacturer’s Product/Type, or the trade name of the
product;
8. When applicable, provide the Name and the Location of the Fabricator or the
Manufacturer’s name or the Pit Number. This should be the actual manufacturer,
not the supplier or distributor,
9. Provide the Construction Standards Specification section number(s) or the page
number the submittal material is referencing, or you can list the Plan Sheet number;
and
10. For material submittals, indicate whether the submittal is requesting use of the
WSDOT Qualified Product List (QPL) or if the submittal is a Request for Approval of
Material (RAM) that is not in the QPL, by checking the appropriate box. For non-
material submittals and for material acceptance documentation these boxes shall be
left blank. If the Contractor elects to use a product listed in the QPL, the submittal
documentation shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions in the WSDOT
QPL program and shall be the most current list available at the time the product is
proposed to be used. If the Contractor elects not to use the QPL or if the material is
not listed in the QPL, then supporting documentation for the RAM shall be submitted
for review and approval per Section 9-38.1(3) (Request for Approval of Material
(RAM) Submittal Content).
9-38.1(3) Request For Approval Of Material (RAM) Submittal
Content
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This Section covers content for Requests for Approval of Material (RAM). RAM submittals
shall include the following, where applicable:
1. Each submittal shall include all of the items and materials required for a
complete assembly, system or Specification Section.
2. Submittals shall contain all of the physical, technical and performance data
required by the specifications or necessary to demonstrate conclusively that
the items comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Include information on characteristics of electrical or utility service required
and verification that such requirements have been coordinated with service
provided by the work and by other interconnected elements of the work.
4. Provide verification that the physical characteristics of items submitted,
including size, configurations, clearances, mounting points, utility connection
points and service access points, are suitable for the space provided and are
compatible with other interrelated items that are existing or have or will be
submitted.
5. Label each Product Data submittal with the information required in this
Section. Highlight or mark every page of all Product Data submittals to show
the specific items being submitted and all options included or choices
offered.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-32
6. Label each Shop Drawing and Sample with the information required in this
Section. Highlight or mark every page of every copy of all Product Data
submittals to show the specific items being submitted and all options
included or choices offered.
7. Additional requirements for submittals are contained in the Technical
Specification sections.
8. Designation of work as Not in Contract (NIC) or “by others” shown on the
Shop Drawings, shall mean that the work will be the responsibility of the
Contractor rather than the subcontractor or supplier who has prepared the
Shop Drawings.
A separate letter explaining deviations shall accompany any submittal(s) that contain
deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor’s letter shall:
1. Cite the specific Contract requirement, including the Specification Section
and paragraph number, for which approval of a deviation is sought.
2. Describe the proposed alternate material, item or construction and explain
its advantages and/or disadvantages to the City.
3. State the reduction in Contract Price, if any, that is offered to the City.
9-38.1(4) Shop Drawings, Product Samples, and Operation and Maintenance
Manuals
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This section covers Shop Drawings, Product Samples, Color Swatches, and Operation and
Maintenance (O&M) Manuals that are required to be submitted in hard copy format for
review and approval.
1. Shop Drawings: Submit 3 copies, 1 of which will be marked, stamped and
returned to the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for making and
distributing the required number of additional copies of the City returned
hardcopy submittals to its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
2. Product Samples and Color Swatches/Palettes: Unless stated otherwise in
each individual specification section referencing a product where a sample is
requested, the Contractor shall submit 3 labeled product sample(s) or 3 sets
of manufacturers’ full range of colors and finishes as ordered by the
Engineer and at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Product
samples or manufacturer color swatches/palettes will not be returned to the
Contractor.
3. O&M Manuals: Submit 3 copies, 1 of which will be marked, stamped and
returned to the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for making and
distributing the required number of additional copies of the City returned
hardcopy submittals to its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
Submit 1 copy of each O&M Manual electronically on CD. CD copies of
O&M Manuals will not be returned to the Contractor.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-33
9-38.1(5) Engineer’s Submittal Review
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
Submittals will be reviewed and approved by the Engineer per the following:
For all Non-Material Submittals, the Engineer will mark the RSA form with one of the
‘Submittal Approval Codes’ listed under column ‘A’ on the form.
For Material Submittals requesting the use of the QPL, the Engineer will mark the
RSA form with the appropriate QPL approval code found on the QPL form. The
QPL approval code is represented by a four digit number.
For Material Submittals requesting a RAM, the Engineer will mark the RSA form
with one of the ‘Material Acceptance Codes’ listed under column ‘B’ on the form. If
a RAM is submitted for a material that is found on the QPL, the Engineer may mark
the RAM with the appropriate QPL code for that material.
For Material Acceptance Documentation, the Engineer will mark the RSA form with
one of the ‘Submittal Approval Codes’ listed under column ‘A’ on the form.
The Provisions of Section 1-06 (Control of Material) shall also apply to this section.
The City will return an electronic signed copy of each reviewed submittal to the Contractor
at the email address on record with the City. The Contractor is responsible for distributing
the electronic copies or making the required number of hard copies of City returned
submittals to its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
9-38.1(6) Submittal Approval and Acceptance Codes
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This section covers the definitions of the ‘Submittal Approval’ codes and ‘Material
Acceptance’ codes found on the RSA form.
Submittal Approval Codes will indicate:
1. “NET” (NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN) – The submittal is approved subject to its
compatibility with future submissions and additional partial submissions for
portions of the work not covered in this submission. Does not constitute
approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown in the partial
submission.
2. “MCN” (MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED (NO RESUBMISSION REQUIRED)
– The submittals is approved subject to minor corrections that shall be made
by the Contractor and subject to its compatibility with future submissions and
additional partial submissions for portions of the work not covered in this
submission. Does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required
items not shown in the partial submission. No resubmission is required.
3. “AR” (AMEND AND RESUBMIT) – The submittal is rejected because of
major inconsistencies or errors which shall be resolved or corrected by the
Contractor prior to subsequent submittal. An amended resubmission is
required.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-34
4. “RR” (REJECTED – RESUBMIT) – The submittal does not conform to the
Contract Plans and Specifications in major respect. A new submission is
required.
5. “NR” (NOT REVIEWED) – The submitted information is not required on
project and was not reviewed by the Engineer.
The ‘Material Acceptance Code’ will indicate the required documentation for the material to
be accepted for use on the project:
Code 1. Acceptance based upon a “Satisfactory” Test Report for samples of
materials to be incorporated into project for acceptance – Material is approved and
requires certified testing for acceptance.
Code 2. Submit a Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance (MCC) for “Acceptance”
prior to use of material – Material is approved and requires a MCC for acceptance.
Code 3. Submit Catalog Cuts for acceptance prior to use of material – Material is
approved and requires a catalog cut(s) prior to acceptance.
Code 4. Submit Shop Drawings for “Approval” prior to fabrication of material –
Material requires approved shop drawing(s) for acceptance.
Code 5. Only “Approved for Shipment,” “WSDOT Inspected,” or “Fabrication
Approval decal” material shall be used. (Federal Projects Only)- Fabricated material
that requires a WSDOT inspected stamp or marking for acceptance.
Code 6. Submit a Certificate of Materials Origin (CMO). (Federal Projects Only)- Iron
or steel material and requires a CMO for acceptance.
Code 7. N/A – This code is not used for material acceptance.
Code 8. Source Approved: - Material may be proprietary. Material requires a visual
inspection upon arrival to the job site for acceptance.
Code 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. – Material
approval is withheld pending review of product samples or manufacturer’s color
palettes.
Code 10. Approval Withheld: (See City remarks on the Form)
Code 11. Miscellaneous Acceptance Criteria: - Material is approved and conditionally
accepted as noted.
Code 12. LAG – Approved Catalog Cut Documented with: □ Mfg. Cert. of Comp. □
Visual Inspection - Material is approved with a Catalog Cut and requires either a
Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance or a Visual Inspection for acceptance.
When a material is marked as approved, it does not necessarily constitute acceptance of
the material for incorporation into the work. All of the additional acceptance actions, as
noted on the RSA form or on the QPL must be completed prior to the material being
accepted for use.
Change orders or force account work requires the same material approval and acceptance
as any other bid item.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
Issued January 2022 City of Auburn
Engineering Construction Standards Page 9-35
9-38.2 Schedule of Submittals
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Schedule of Submittals. The Schedule of
Submittals shall include the intended dates for which each submittal required by the
Contract Documents will be made. Identify the items that will be included in each submittal
by listing the item or group of items and the specification section and paragraph number
under which they are specified. Indicate whether the submittal is required for product
review of proposed equivalents, Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples or required for
product information only. It is the Contractors responsibility to anticipate and provide all
submittals required for the project.
The time required to evaluate and review requests for submittals is not the same for all
submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 15 working days, unless otherwise
noted, for the Engineer’s review. The Contractor shall also allow adequate time for
manufacturer delivery at the construction site without causing delay to the work. All
submittals shall be in accordance with the approved Schedule of Submittals. Submittals
shall be made early enough to allow for unforeseen delays such as:
1. Failure to obtain favorable review because of inadequate or incomplete
submittal or because the item submitted does not meet the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
2. Delays in manufacture.
3. Delays in delivery.
End Of Division 9